Observations on the first and second of the canons, commonly ascribed to the holy apostles wherein an account of the primitive constitution and government of churches, is contained : drawn from ancient and acknowledged writings.
         Burnet, Gilbert, 1643-1715.
      
       
         
           1673
        
      
       Approx. 180 KB of XML-encoded text transcribed from 66 1-bit group-IV TIFF page images.
       
         Text Creation Partnership,
         Ann Arbor, MI ; Oxford (UK) :
         2004-03 (EEBO-TCP Phase 1).
         A30396
         Wing B5840
         ESTC R233638
         18570235
         ocm 18570235
         108034
         
           
            This keyboarded and encoded edition of the work described above is co-owned by the institutions providing financial support to the Early English Books Online Text Creation Partnership. This Phase I text is available for reuse, according to the terms of
             Creative Commons 0 1.0 Universal
            . The text can be copied, modified, distributed and performed, even for commercial purposes, all without asking permission.
          
        
      
       
         Early English books online.
      
       
         (EEBO-TCP ; phase 1, no. A30396)
         Transcribed from: (Early English Books Online ; image set 108034)
         Images scanned from microfilm: (Early English books, 1641-1700 ; 1647:10)
      
       
         
           
             Observations on the first and second of the canons, commonly ascribed to the holy apostles wherein an account of the primitive constitution and government of churches, is contained : drawn from ancient and acknowledged writings.
             Burnet, Gilbert, 1643-1715.
          
           [2], 126 p.
           
             Printed by Robert Sanders ...,
             Glasgow :
             1673.
          
           
             Attributed to Gilbert Burnet by Wing and NUC pre-1956 imprints.
             Contains errors in pagination.
             Reproduction of original in the Union Theological Seminary Library, New York.
          
        
      
    
     
       
         Created by converting TCP files to TEI P5 using tcp2tei.xsl, TEI @ Oxford.
         Re-processed by University of Nebraska-Lincoln and Northwestern, with changes to facilitate morpho-syntactic tagging. Gap elements of known extent have been transformed into placeholder characters or elements to simplify the filling in of gaps by user contributors.
      
       
         EEBO-TCP is a partnership between the Universities of Michigan and Oxford and the publisher ProQuest to create accurately transcribed and encoded texts based on the image sets published by ProQuest via their Early English Books Online (EEBO) database (http://eebo.chadwyck.com). The general aim of EEBO-TCP is to encode one copy (usually the first edition) of every monographic English-language title published between 1473 and 1700 available in EEBO.
         EEBO-TCP aimed to produce large quantities of textual data within the usual project restraints of time and funding, and therefore chose to create diplomatic transcriptions (as opposed to critical editions) with light-touch, mainly structural encoding based on the Text Encoding Initiative (http://www.tei-c.org).
         The EEBO-TCP project was divided into two phases. The 25,363 texts created during Phase 1 of the project have been released into the public domain as of 1 January 2015. Anyone can now take and use these texts for their own purposes, but we respectfully request that due credit and attribution is given to their original source.
         Users should be aware of the process of creating the TCP texts, and therefore of any assumptions that can be made about the data.
         Text selection was based on the New Cambridge Bibliography of English Literature (NCBEL). If an author (or for an anonymous work, the title) appears in NCBEL, then their works are eligible for inclusion. Selection was intended to range over a wide variety of subject areas, to reflect the true nature of the print record of the period. In general, first editions of a works in English were prioritized, although there are a number of works in other languages, notably Latin and Welsh, included and sometimes a second or later edition of a work was chosen if there was a compelling reason to do so.
         Image sets were sent to external keying companies for transcription and basic encoding. Quality assurance was then carried out by editorial teams in Oxford and Michigan. 5% (or 5 pages, whichever is the greater) of each text was proofread for accuracy and those which did not meet QA standards were returned to the keyers to be redone. After proofreading, the encoding was enhanced and/or corrected and characters marked as illegible were corrected where possible up to a limit of 100 instances per text. Any remaining illegibles were encoded as <gap>s. Understanding these processes should make clear that, while the overall quality of TCP data is very good, some errors will remain and some readable characters will be marked as illegible. Users should bear in mind that in all likelihood such instances will never have been looked at by a TCP editor.
         The texts were encoded and linked to page images in accordance with level 4 of the TEI in Libraries guidelines.
         Copies of the texts have been issued variously as SGML (TCP schema; ASCII text with mnemonic sdata character entities); displayable XML (TCP schema; characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or text strings within braces); or lossless XML (TEI P5, characters represented either as UTF-8 Unicode or TEI g elements).
         
          Keying and markup guidelines are available at the
           Text Creation Partnership web site
          .
        
      
       
         
         
      
    
     
       
         eng
      
       
         
           Episcopacy.
           Church polity -- History -- Early church, ca. 30-600.
        
      
    
     
        2003-10 TCP
        Assigned for keying and markup
      
        2003-11 SPi Global
        Keyed and coded from ProQuest page images
      
        2003-12 John Latta
        Sampled and proofread
      
        2003-12 John Latta
        Text and markup reviewed and edited
      
        2004-02 pfs
        Batch review (QC) and XML conversion
      
    
  
   
     
       
         
         
         
           OBSERVATIONS
           ON
           THE
           FIRST
           and
           SECOND
           OF
           THE
           CANONS
           ,
           Commonly
           ascribed
           to
           the
           Holy
           Apostles
           .
           WHEREIN
           An
           Account
           of
           the
           Primitive
           Constitution
           and
           Government
           of
           Churches
           ,
           is
           contained
           .
           Drawn
           from
           ancient
           and
           acknowledged
           Writings
           .
        
         
           GLASGOW
           ,
           By
           
             Robert
             Sanders
          
           ,
           Printer
           to
           the
           City
           and
           University
           ,
           1673.
           
        
      
    
     
       
         
         
         
           The
           FIRST
           CANON
           .
        
         
           
             
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               .
            
             
               A
               Bishop
               shall
               be
               ordained
               by
               two
               or
               three
               Bishops
               .
            
          
        
         
           
             A
             BISHOP
             .
          
           
             THIS
             word
             is
             sometime
             taken
             for
             a
             Spy
             ,
             so
             
               Estathius
               ad
               Homeri
            
             K.
             sometime
             for
             a
             Defender
             ;
             so
             Hector
             was
             called
             Bishop
             of
             Troy
             by
             
               Homer
               ,
               Iliad
            
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             There
             was
             among
             the
             Athenians
             a
             publick
             Office
             so
             called
             :
             and
             in
             this
             sense
             ,
             it
             was
             also
             used
             among
             the
             Romans
             ;
             so
             
               Cicero
               ad
               Atticum
               ,
               Lib.
            
             7.
             
             Epist.
             11.
             tells
             ,
             That
             Pompey
             would
             had
             him
             to
             be
             ,
             
               quem
               tota
               compania
               &
               maritima
               ora
               habeant
               Episcopum
               ,
               ad
               quem
               delectus
               &
               summa
               negotii
               referatur
               ,
               ff
               .
               de
               mun
               .
               &
               hon
               .
               leg
               .
               ult
               .
               parag
               .
               item
               Episcopi
               sunt
               ,
               qui
               praesunt
               pani
               &
               caeteris
               rebus
               vaenalibus
               .
            
          
           
           
             This
             term
             is
             sometime
             in
             the
             Old
             Testament
             .
             And
             
               Clemens
               Romanus
               Epist.
               ad
               Rom.
            
             proves
             Bishop
             and
             Deacon
             to
             be
             no
             new
             terms
             ,
             from
             Isai.
             60.17
             .
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             But
             in
             our
             Edition
             ,
             we
             find
             :
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             (
             where
             ,
             on
             the
             way
             ,
             mark
             how
             different
             the
             present
             Edition
             of
             the
             Septuagint
             is
             ,
             from
             that
             which
             Clemens
             made
             use
             of
             )
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             is
             also
             Psalm
             109.8
             .
             Among
             the
             Iews
             ,
             he
             who
             was
             the
             chief
             of
             the
             Synagogue
             ,
             was
             called
             
               Chazan
               hakeneseth
            
             ,
             the
             Bishop
             of
             the
             Congregation
             ;
             and
             
               Sheliach
               tsibbor
            
             ,
             the
             Angel
             of
             the
             Church
             .
             And
             the
             Christian
             Church
             being
             modelled
             as
             near
             the
             form
             of
             the
             Synagogue
             as
             could
             be
             ,
             as
             they
             retained
             many
             of
             the
             Rites
             ,
             so
             the
             form
             of
             their
             Government
             was
             continued
             ,
             and
             the
             names
             remained
             the
             same
             .
             But
             more
             of
             this
             afterward
             .
          
           
             
               Clemens
               Romanus
            
             in
             his
             Epistle
             ,
             speaks
             only
             of
             Bishops
             and
             Deacons
             .
             Polycarp
             again
             in
             his
             Epistle
             ,
             speaks
             only
             of
             Presbyters
             and
             Deacons
             ;
             where
             some
             object
             that
             it
             would
             seem
             ,
             that
             both
             in
             the
             Church
             of
             Corinth
             ,
             to
             which
             Clement
             wrote
             ,
             and
             in
             that
             of
             Philippi
             ,
             to
             which
             Polycarp
             wrote
             ,
             there
             were
             but
             two
             Orders
             of
             Churchmen
             ,
             whom
             the
             one
             calls
             Bishops
             ,
             the
             other
             Presbyters
             .
             But
             if
             
               Polycarp's
               Epistle
            
             be
             genuine
             ,
             then
             these
             of
             Ignatius
             ,
             which
             he
             there
             mentions
             ,
             must
             
             be
             so
             too
             ,
             and
             in
             them
             the
             matter
             is
             past
             Controversie
             .
          
           
             
               Epiphanius
               lib.
            
             3.
             baer
             .
             75.
             tells
             ,
             that
             at
             first
             there
             were
             only
             Bishops
             and
             Deacons
             ,
             which
             he
             saith
             he
             had
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ;
             and
             that
             
               ubi
               Episcopi
               erant
               jam
               constituti
               ,
               scripsit
               Episcopis
               &
               Diaconis
               .
               Non
               enim
               omnia
               statim
               potuerunt
               Apostoli
               constituere
               .
               Presbyteris
               enim
               opus
               est
               &
               Diaconis
               ,
               per
               hos
               enim
               duos
               Ecclesiastica
               compleri
               possunt
               ;
               ubi
               vero
               non
               inventus
               est
               quis
               dignus
               Episcopatu
               ,
               permansit
               locus
               sine
               Episcopo
               .
               Ubi
               autem
               opus
               fuit
               ,
               &
               erant
               digni
               Episcopatu
               ,
               constituti
               sunt
               Episcopi
               ;
               cum
               autem
               multitudo
               non
               esset
               ,
               non
               inventi
               sunt
               inter
               ipsos
               ,
               qui
               Presbyteri
               constituerentur
               ,
               &
               contenti
               erant
               solo
               Episcopo
               in
               loco
               constituto
               .
               Verum
               sine
               Diacono
               impossibile
               est
               esse
               Episcopum
               .
            
             So
             it
             seems
             ,
             that
             from
             these
             profound
             Histories
             which
             he
             had
             read
             ,
             it
             appeared
             ,
             that
             in
             some
             Villages
             there
             were
             only
             Presbyters
             and
             no
             Bishops
             ,
             because
             in
             those
             places
             none
             were
             found
             worthy
             of
             it
             .
             But
             certainly
             these
             places
             were
             obliged
             to
             depend
             upon
             some
             place
             where
             there
             was
             a
             Bishop
             constitute
             :
             For
             if
             none
             were
             worthy
             to
             be
             Bishops
             ,
             much
             less
             were
             they
             worthy
             to
             constitute
             a
             Church
             within
             themselves
             ,
             and
             independent
             .
             It
             also
             appears
             ,
             that
             in
             some
             places
             at
             first
             ,
             they
             had
             no
             Presbyters
             :
             And
             indeed
             where
             the
             number
             of
             Christians
             was
             so
             small
             (
             as
             no
             doubt
             it
             was
             in
             many
             places
             at
             first
             )
             a
             Bishop
             
             alone
             might
             well
             have
             served
             a
             whole
             City
             :
             But
             where
             the
             Christians
             were
             more
             numerous
             ,
             there
             were
             need
             of
             more
             hands
             ,
             to
             assist
             the
             Bishop
             in
             his
             work
             .
          
           
             As
             for
             that
             of
             
             Polycarp's
             naming
             no
             Bishop
             ,
             but
             only
             Presbyters
             and
             Deacons
             ,
             perhaps
             he
             wrote
             in
             the
             vacancy
             of
             the
             See
             :
             so
             we
             find
             many
             Letters
             of
             
             Cyprian's
             
               ad
               Clerum
               Romanum
            
             ,
             when
             there
             was
             no
             Bishop
             .
             Besides
             ,
             it
             is
             known
             that
             at
             first
             the
             names
             of
             Bishop
             and
             Presbyter
             were
             used
             promiscuously
             .
          
           
             Presbyters
             were
             so
             called
             ,
             not
             from
             their
             age
             ,
             as
             they
             were
             men
             ,
             but
             from
             the
             age
             of
             their
             Christianity
             :
             For
             a
             Neophite
             was
             not
             to
             be
             ordained
             ,
             and
             the
             Presbyters
             did
             jointly
             with
             the
             Bishop
             ,
             both
             rule
             and
             feed
             the
             flock
             .
             But
             some
             do
             stretch
             this
             too
             far
             ,
             as
             if
             always
             the
             eldest
             Presbyter
             had
             been
             chosen
             Bishop
             .
          
           
             The
             Commentaries
             upon
             the
             Epistles
             ,
             commonly
             called
             
             Ambrose's
             ,
             but
             truly
             Hilary
             ,
             the
             Deacons
             (
             of
             which
             I
             shall
             say
             nothing
             ,
             it
             being
             now
             agreed
             among
             the
             Criticks
             ,
             that
             they
             are
             his
             )
             upon
             the
             4th
             of
             the
             Eph.
             After
             he
             hath
             at
             length
             shewn
             the
             difference
             which
             was
             betwixt
             the
             Churches
             in
             the
             Apostles
             times
             ,
             when
             they
             were
             not
             fully
             constitute
             ,
             and
             the
             ages
             that
             succeeded
             ,
             he
             tells
             how
             at
             first
             all
             in
             the
             Clergy
             baptized
             and
             preached
             ,
             and
             that
             on
             any
             day
             ,
             or
             where
             they
             had
             opportunity
             .
             But
             afterwards
             
             Deacons
             were
             restrained
             in
             this
             ,
             and
             things
             were
             astricted
             to
             certain
             times
             and
             places
             .
             
               Hinc
               est
               ergo
            
             (
             saith
             he
             )
             
               unde
               nunc
               neque
               Diaconi
               in
               populo
               praedicant
               ,
               nec
               Clerici
               ,
               nec
               Laici
               baptizant
               .
               —
               Ideo
               ,
               non
               per
               omnia
               conveniunt
               scripta
               Apostolica
               ordinationi
               ,
               quae
               nunc
               in
               Ecclesiâ
               est
               ,
               quia
               haec
               inter
               ipsa
               primordia
               sunt
               scripta
               .
               Nam
               &
               Timotheum
               à
               se
               creatum
               Presbyterum
               ,
               Episcopum
               nominat
               ,
               quia
               primi
               Presbyteri
               ,
               Episcopi
               appellabantur
               ,
               ut
               recedente
               eo
               ,
               sequens
               ei
               succederet
               .
               Denique
               apud
               AEgyptum
               Presbyteri
               consignant
               ,
               si
               praesens
               non
               sit
               Episcopus
               :
               sed
               quia
               coeperunt
               praesentes
               Episcopi
               indigni
               inveniri
               ,
               ad
               primatus
               tenendos
               immutata
               est
               ratio
               ,
               prospiciente
               Concilio
               ,
               ut
               non
               ordo
               ,
               sed
               meritum
               crearet
               Episcopum
               .
               Multorum
               Sacerdotum
               judicio
               constitutum
               ,
               ne
               indignus
               temere
               usurparet
               ,
               &
               esset
               multis
               scandalo
               .
            
             And
             like
             to
             this
             is
             ,
             what
             he
             saith
             on
             1
             Tim.
             3.
             from
             which
             words
             ,
             it
             would
             appear
             ,
             that
             he
             thought
             the
             
               Elder
               Presbyter
            
             ,
             without
             any
             Election
             or
             Ordination
             ,
             succeeded
             unto
             the
             Chair
             of
             the
             deceased
             Bishop
             .
             But
             this
             is
             directly
             contrary
             even
             to
             what
             Ierome
             himself
             saith
             :
             neither
             do
             we
             find
             any
             such
             constitution
             as
             that
             he
             mentions
             ,
             either
             in
             the
             Acts
             of
             the
             Council
             of
             Nice
             ,
             or
             of
             any
             other
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             true
             ,
             
               Clemens
               Romanus
            
             saith
             ,
             That
             the
             Apostles
             ordained
             their
             first
             fruits
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             to
             be
             the
             Bishops
             and
             Deacons
             of
             them
             who
             should
             afterward
             believe
             :
             but
             he
             adds
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             trying
             them
             by
             the
             Spirit
             (
             that
             of
             discerning
             spirits
             being
             among
             their
             extraordinary
             gifts
             )
             and
             though
             they
             ordained
             no
             Neophyte
             ,
             yet
             there
             is
             no
             reason
             to
             believe
             ,
             that
             either
             they
             made
             the
             eldest
             Christians
             ,
             Presbyters
             ,
             or
             the
             eldest
             Presbyters
             ,
             Bishops
             .
             The
             choice
             of
             Matthias
             ,
             and
             of
             the
             
               seven
               Deacons
            
             ,
             shews
             that
             it
             went
             not
             simply
             by
             age
             .
             St.
             Iames
             the
             younger
             was
             Bishop
             of
             Ierusalem
             ,
             and
             Timothy
             was
             but
             young
             ,
             when
             ordained
             .
             Yet
             the
             difference
             of
             Bishop
             and
             Presbyter
             seems
             not
             to
             have
             been
             unknown
             to
             Clemens
             ,
             as
             appears
             from
             these
             savings
             of
             his
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             praepositis
             vestris
             subditi
             &
             seniores
             inter
             vos
             debito
             honore
             prosequentes
             .
             —
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             Qui
             nobis
             praesunt
             revereamur
             ,
             seniores
             inter
             nos
             honoremus
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             Which
             by
             the
             words
             that
             follow
             ,
             must
             certainly
             relate
             to
             some
             Ecclesiastical
             constitution
             among
             themselves
             ,
             to
             which
             he
             accommodates
             the
             terms
             of
             the
             Temple
             Hierarchy
             .
             All
             which
             I
             propose
             without
             any
             peremptory
             decision
             in
             this
             matter
             ,
             submitting
             it
             to
             the
             judgment
             of
             the
             impartial
             Reader
             ;
             For
             I
             know
             there
             are
             
             exceptions
             against
             these
             words
             ,
             yet
             they
             do
             clearly
             imply
             a
             difference
             and
             subordination
             betwixt
             the
             Presbyters
             ,
             and
             their
             Presidents
             :
             and
             what
             he
             saith
             of
             the
             ranks
             of
             the
             
               High
               Priest
               ,
               the
               Priests
               ,
               the
               Levites
               ,
               and
               the
               Laicks
               ,
            
             hath
             certainly
             a
             relation
             to
             the
             Orders
             of
             the
             Church
             .
          
           
             The
             next
             opinion
             about
             the
             Origine
             of
             Episcopacy
             ,
             is
             that
             of
             Ierome
             ,
             and
             he
             hath
             given
             it
             very
             fully
             ,
             both
             in
             his
             Epistle
             to
             Evagrius
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             Epist.
             to
             
               Titus
               ,
               cap.
            
             1.
             
             He
             holds
             ,
             that
             all
             things
             at
             first
             were
             governed
             in
             the
             Church
             ,
             
               communi
               Presbyterorum
               consilio
            
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Bishops
             were
             above
             the
             Presbyters
             ,
             
               non
               ex
               dispositione
               dominicâ
               ,
               sed
               ex
               Ecclesiae
               consuetudine
            
             ;
             And
             by
             divers
             arguments
             from
             Scripture
             ,
             he
             proves
             ,
             that
             Bishop
             and
             Presbyter
             are
             one
             and
             the
             same
             ,
             Acts
             20.
             they
             who
             v.
             17.
             are
             called
             Presbyters
             ,
             are
             v.
             28.
             called
             
               Bishops
               .
               Titus
            
             1.5
             .
             
               he
               left
               him
               to
               ordain
               Elders
               ,
            
             and
             v.
             7.
             it
             is
             added
             ,
             
               For
               a
               Bishop
            
             ,
             &c.
             
             Whence
             he
             infers
             ,
             that
             Bishop
             and
             Presbyter
             are
             one
             and
             the
             same
             .
             As
             also
             Phil.
             1.
             the
             Apostle
             writes
             only
             to
             Bishops
             and
             Deacons
             .
             And
             1
             Tim.
             3.
             he
             gives
             the
             Rules
             only
             to
             Bishops
             and
             Deacons
             .
             S.
             Peter
             also
             called
             himself
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             And
             S.
             Iohn
             designs
             himself
             the
             Elder
             .
          
           
             But
             he
             adds
             ,
             after
             there
             arose
             Schisms
             ,
             and
             one
             said
             ,
             I
             am
             of
             Paul
             ,
             &c.
             
             
               Toto
               orbe
               decretum
               
               est
               ,
               ut
               unus
               caeteris
               super
               imponeretur
               ad
               quem
               omnis
               Ecclesiae
               cura
               pertineret
               ,
               &
               Schismatum
               semina
               tollerentur
               —
               ut
               Schismatum
               plantaria
               evellerentur
               ad
               unum
               ,
               omnis
               sollicitudo
               est
               delata
               .
            
             And
             
               ad
               Evagrium
            
             ,
             he
             tells
             how
             
               Alexandriae
               à
               Marco
               Evangelist
               â
               usque
               ad
               Heraclam
               &
               Dionysium
               ,
               Presbyteri
               semper
               unum
               ex
               se
               electum
               ,
               in
               excelsiori
               gradu
               collocatum
               Episcopum
               nominabant
               .
               —
               Quid
               enim
               excepta
               ordinatione
               facit
               Episcopus
               ,
               quod
               Presbyter
               non
               facit
               .
               —
               Et
               ,
               ut
               sciamus
               traditiones
               Apostolicas
               sumptas
               de
               Veteri
               Testamento
               ;
               quod
               Aaron
               ,
               &
               filii
               ejus
               ,
               atque
               Levitae
               ,
               fuerunt
               in
               Templo
               ,
               hoc
               sibi
               &
               Episcopi
               ,
               &
               Presbyteri
               ,
               &
               Diaconi
               vendicent
               in
               Ecclesia
               .
            
             And
             from
             these
             words
             we
             may
             observe
             ,
             that
             he
             accounted
             the
             difference
             of
             Bishop
             and
             Presbyter
             ,
             an
             Apostolical
             tradition
             ,
             which
             came
             in
             place
             of
             the
             difference
             that
             was
             betwixt
             Aaron
             and
             his
             Sons
             :
             as
             also
             ,
             that
             this
             began
             from
             the
             time
             of
             the
             Apostles
             ,
             and
             of
             Mark
             the
             Evangelist
             :
             That
             it
             was
             done
             to
             evite
             Schism
             ,
             and
             that
             it
             was
             appointed
             through
             the
             whole
             World
             :
             as
             also
             ,
             that
             the
             whole
             care
             and
             chief
             Power
             was
             in
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             Bishop
             ,
             of
             which
             he
             saith
             further
             ,
             
               Dial
               adv
               .
               Luciferianos
               .
               Ecclesiae
               salus
               in
               summi
               Sacerdotis
               dignitate
               pendet
               ,
               cui
               si
               non
               exors
               quaedam
               ,
               &
               ab
               omnibus
               eminens
               detur
               potestas
               ,
               tot
               in
               Ecclesiâ
               efficientur
               Schismata
               ,
               quot
               Sacerdotes
               .
            
             It
             may
             seem
             likewise
             probable
             ,
             from
             him
             ,
             that
             Presbyters
             choosed
             their
             Bishop
             out
             of
             their
             
             own
             number
             ,
             and
             that
             in
             Alexandria
             they
             made
             him
             Bishop
             without
             any
             new
             Ordination
             .
             And
             of
             this
             
               Eutychius
               Patriarcha
               Alex.
            
             who
             was
             not
             very
             long
             after
             Ierome
             ,
             speaks
             more
             plainly
             ,
             for
             he
             in
             his
             
               Origines
               Ecclesiae
               Alexandrinae
            
             ,
             published
             by
             
               Selden
               ,
               pag.
            
             29.30
             .
             tells
             ,
             that
             there
             were
             twelve
             Presbyters
             constitute
             by
             S.
             Mark
             ,
             and
             when
             the
             See
             was
             vacant
             ,
             they
             did
             chuse
             one
             of
             their
             number
             to
             succeed
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             their
             Head
             ,
             and
             the
             rest
             laid
             their
             hands
             upon
             him
             ,
             and
             bless'd
             him
             :
             yet
             this
             cannot
             hold
             true
             ,
             as
             shall
             afterwards
             appear
             .
          
           
             But
             all
             Ignatius
             his
             Epistles
             ,
             are
             full
             of
             the
             subordination
             of
             Presbyters
             to
             Bishops
             ,
             not
             without
             very
             hyperbolical
             magnifications
             of
             the
             Bishops
             Office.
             It
             is
             true
             ,
             in
             the
             
               vulgar
               Editions
            
             these
             expressions
             are
             much
             more
             frequent
             ;
             but
             in
             the
             
               Medicean
               Codex
            
             (
             published
             by
             Vossius
             ,
             which
             agrees
             not
             only
             with
             the
             old
             Latin
             one
             published
             by
             Usher
             ,
             but
             also
             with
             the
             citations
             of
             Theodoret
             ,
             and
             Athanasius
             ,
             and
             other
             ancient
             Writers
             which
             they
             have
             taken
             out
             of
             them
             )
             there
             is
             a
             great
             deal
             of
             the
             subordination
             of
             Presbyters
             to
             Bishops
             .
             
               Ep.
               ad
               Tral
            
             .
             he
             saith
             ,
             
               Necessarium
               est
               ,
               quemadmodum
               facitis
               sine
               Episcopo
               nibil
               operari
               .
               —
               Omnes
               revereantur
               Episcopum
               ut
               Iesum
               Christum
               existentem
               filium
               Patris
               ,
               Presbyteros
               autem
               ,
               ut
               concilium
               Dei
               ,
               &
               conjunctionem
               Apostolorum
               .
            
             To
             the
             Ephes.
             he
             bids
             them
             be
             subject
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             and
             concludes
             that
             they
             should
             obey
             these
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             In
             his
             Epist.
             to
             the
             Magnesians
             ,
             he
             saith
             ,
             
               Quantum
               Episcopum
               quidem
               vocant
               ,
               sine
               ipso
               autem
               omnia
               operantur
               :
            
             wherefore
             he
             adviseth
             them
             ,
             
               ut
               omnia
               operentur
               praesidente
               Episcopo
               in
               loco
               Dei
               ,
               &
               Presbyteris
               in
               loco
               confessionis
               Apostolorum
               .
            
             And
             there
             he
             speaks
             of
             the
             age
             of
             Damas
             their
             Bishop
             ,
             who
             was
             but
             a
             young
             man
             ,
             which
             he
             calls
             according
             to
             the
             vulgar
             Edition
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             but
             in
             the
             
               Medicean
               Codex
            
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             from
             which
             some
             will
             infer
             ,
             that
             Episcopacy
             was
             then
             newly
             invented
             ,
             but
             suppose
             that
             were
             the
             true
             reading
             ,
             which
             some
             question
             ,
             who
             in
             this
             prefer
             the
             vulgar
             reading
             ,
             it
             is
             clear
             from
             the
             whole
             Epistle
             that
             he
             is
             speaking
             of
             the
             Bishops
             age
             ,
             and
             not
             of
             Episcopacy
             .
             And
             from
             2
             Tim.
             2.22
             .
             we
             see
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             is
             properly
             youthful
             ,
             and
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             is
             that
             which
             is
             new
             .
             And
             what
             tho
             Ignatius
             ,
             who
             lived
             so
             near
             the
             Apostles
             time
             ,
             did
             call
             Episcopacy
             
               a
               new
               Order
            
             ?
             Many
             other
             places
             to
             the
             same
             purpose
             of
             the
             difference
             among
             these
             Offices
             occur
             through
             all
             his
             Epistles
             ,
             neither
             is
             there
             any
             room
             for
             debate
             :
             but
             if
             these
             Epistles
             be
             his
             ,
             the
             difference
             of
             Bishop
             and
             Presbyter
             hath
             begun
             in
             the
             Apostolical
             times
             .
             But
             that
             debate
             would
             prove
             too
             long
             a
             digression
             here
             ;
             therefore
             I
             refer
             the
             Reader
             ,
             if
             he
             desire
             a
             full
             discussion
             of
             that
             question
             to
             the
             
             incomparably
             learned
             and
             exact
             defence
             of
             them
             ,
             lately
             published
             by
             
               Doctor
               Pearson
            
             ,
             whose
             harvest
             is
             so
             full
             ,
             that
             he
             hath
             not
             so
             much
             as
             left
             work
             for
             a
             gleaner
             .
          
           
             That
             of
             the
             Angel
             in
             the
             Revelation
             ,
             is
             brought
             by
             many
             ,
             and
             that
             not
             without
             ground
             ,
             to
             prove
             that
             there
             was
             some
             singular
             person
             in
             these
             Churches
             to
             whom
             each
             Epistle
             was
             directed
             ,
             and
             we
             have
             a
             great
             deal
             of
             reason
             to
             believe
             that
             Polycarp
             was
             then
             Bishop
             of
             the
             Church
             of
             
               Smyrna
               .
               Iren.
               lib.
            
             3.
             cap.
             3.
             and
             
               apud
               Euseb.
               lib.
            
             4.
             cap.
             13.
             tells
             that
             Polycarp
             was
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             Now
             Irenaeus
             tells
             how
             he
             was
             Polycarp
             his
             hearer
             and
             disciple
             ,
             and
             had
             conversed
             with
             him
             in
             his
             youth
             ,
             and
             had
             often
             heard
             him
             teach
             .
             And
             as
             it
             were
             great
             uncharitableness
             to
             suspect
             the
             truth
             of
             his
             narration
             in
             a
             matter
             of
             fact
             ,
             so
             we
             cannot
             think
             he
             could
             have
             been
             mistaken
             in
             a
             matter
             of
             that
             importance
             .
             But
             whatever
             jealousie
             may
             fix
             upon
             Irenaeus
             ,
             there
             is
             no
             shadow
             of
             ground
             ,
             for
             suspecting
             either
             the
             veracity
             ,
             or
             good
             information
             of
             the
             Church
             of
             Smyrna
             ,
             who
             (
             giving
             an
             account
             of
             his
             Martyrdom
             in
             an
             Epistle
             inserted
             by
             Euseb.
             in
             his
             History
             ,
             lib.
             4.
             cap.
             14.
             )
             call
             him
             Bishop
             of
             the
             Catholick
             Church
             of
             Smyrna
             .
          
           
             All
             that
             can
             be
             alledged
             against
             this
             ,
             is
             ,
             that
             in
             their
             stile
             Bishop
             and
             Presbyter
             were
             one
             and
             
             the
             same
             thing
             .
             But
             the
             contrary
             of
             this
             is
             clear
             from
             Iranaeus
             ,
             who
             speaks
             always
             of
             Bishops
             as
             distinct
             from
             Presbyters
             :
             and
             tho
             he
             sometimes
             call
             Bishops
             Presbyters
             ,
             yet
             he
             never
             calls
             Presbyters
             ,
             Bishops
             ;
             which
             is
             also
             the
             stile
             of
             these
             few
             Writers
             of
             that
             age
             ,
             who
             sometimes
             call
             Bishops
             ,
             
               Presbyters
               .
               Eusebius
            
             tells
             from
             the
             testimony
             of
             the
             Church
             of
             Lions
             ,
             how
             he
             was
             first
             a
             Presbyter
             in
             Lions
             under
             Pothinus
             :
             after
             whose
             Martyrdom
             he
             succeeded
             him
             in
             the
             Chair
             ,
             and
             died
             Bishop
             there
             .
             And
             if
             we
             will
             hear
             himself
             ,
             lib.
             3.
             cap.
             3.
             when
             he
             is
             reckoning
             up
             the
             tradition
             of
             the
             Faith
             from
             the
             Apostles
             ,
             he
             deduceth
             it
             by
             all
             the
             Bishops
             who
             did
             sit
             in
             Rome
             from
             the
             Apostolick
             times
             :
             whence
             two
             things
             will
             follow
             ;
             one
             ,
             that
             he
             judged
             there
             had
             been
             still
             Bishops
             in
             that
             Church
             .
             The
             other
             ,
             that
             he
             looked
             on
             the
             Bishop
             ,
             as
             the
             chief
             depositary
             of
             the
             faith
             .
          
           
             Further
             ,
             
               Euseb.
               lib.
            
             5.
             cap.
             24.
             sets
             down
             his
             Epistle
             to
             Victor
             Bishop
             of
             Rome
             ,
             wherein
             he
             chides
             him
             for
             excommunicating
             the
             Eastern
             Bishops
             ;
             and
             there
             he
             lays
             the
             whole
             blame
             upon
             Victor
             ,
             without
             sharing
             it
             among
             the
             Presbyters
             ,
             and
             also
             commends
             the
             former
             Bishops
             of
             Rome
             for
             their
             greater
             gentleness
             ;
             whereby
             it
             plainly
             appears
             ,
             that
             he
             judged
             that
             the
             power
             of
             discipline
             lay
             chiefly
             in
             the
             Bishops
             hands
             .
             Polycrates
             also
             (
             
               apud
               Euseb.
               lib.
            
             5.
             
               hist.
               cap.
            
             23.
             )
             
             vindicates
             the
             practice
             of
             their
             Church
             about
             the
             day
             of
             
               Easter
               ,
               not
               only
               from
               the
               example
               of
               the
               Apostles
               among
               them
               ,
               but
               of
               the
               seven
               Bishops
               who
               preceded
               him
               in
               his
               See.
            
             From
             which
             we
             may
             not
             only
             infer
             ,
             that
             there
             was
             but
             one
             Bishop
             in
             a
             City
             ,
             from
             the
             days
             of
             the
             Apostles
             ;
             but
             that
             his
             authority
             was
             great
             ,
             since
             what
             they
             did
             ,
             passed
             for
             a
             precedent
             to
             their
             Successors
             .
             And
             indeed
             the
             difference
             of
             Bishop
             and
             Presbyter
             ,
             is
             so
             evpress
             in
             Irenaeus
             ,
             that
             the
             most
             learned
             assertors
             of
             parity
             ,
             confess
             the
             change
             was
             begun
             before
             his
             time
             ,
             which
             was
             in
             the
             end
             of
             the
             second
             Century
             .
             Now
             how
             this
             change
             could
             have
             been
             introduced
             ,
             when
             there
             was
             neither
             Council
             ,
             nor
             secular
             Prince
             to
             establish
             it
             ,
             when
             Churchmen
             were
             so
             pure
             (
             Polycarp
             an
             Apostolical
             Man
             ,
             having
             died
             but
             about
             thirty
             years
             before
             ;
             besides
             many
             other
             Apostolical
             men
             who
             had
             long
             survived
             )
             when
             the
             Church
             was
             in
             the
             fire
             of
             persecution
             ,
             and
             so
             less
             dross
             could
             be
             among
             them
             ;
             when
             there
             was
             no
             secular
             interest
             to
             bait
             them
             to
             it
             :
             for
             on
             the
             contrary
             this
             subjected
             them
             to
             the
             first
             fury
             of
             the
             persecution
             ,
             seems
             strange
             .
             And
             it
             is
             not
             easie
             to
             be
             imagined
             ,
             or
             believed
             ,
             how
             this
             could
             have
             been
             so
             suddenly
             received
             through
             all
             the
             Churches
             ,
             both
             Eastern
             and
             Western
             ,
             and
             that
             there
             was
             none
             to
             witness
             against
             it
             ;
             and
             that
             neither
             the
             sincerity
             of
             some
             Presbyters
             ,
             nor
             the
             pride
             
             of
             others
             ,
             should
             have
             moved
             them
             to
             appear
             for
             their
             priviledges
             against
             this
             Usurpation
             :
             And
             how
             neither
             Heretick
             ,
             nor
             Schismatick
             ,
             save
             one
             ,
             and
             that
             about
             two
             hundred
             years
             after
             ,
             should
             have
             charged
             the
             Church
             with
             this
             :
             on
             the
             contrary
             ,
             all
             of
             them
             having
             their
             own
             Bishops
             ;
             and
             how
             this
             Government
             continued
             in
             so
             peaceable
             possession
             through
             the
             succession
             of
             so
             many
             ages
             ,
             till
             of
             late
             ,
             that
             even
             fundamentals
             are
             brought
             under
             debate
             ;
             if
             this
             Superiority
             were
             either
             so
             criminal
             ,
             as
             some
             hold
             it
             to
             be
             ,
             or
             had
             not
             been
             introduced
             at
             least
             by
             some
             Apostolical
             men
             ,
             if
             not
             by
             the
             Apostles
             themselves
             ,
             will
             not
             be
             easily
             cleared
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             next
             Century
             we
             have
             Tertullian
             speaking
             clearly
             of
             the
             difference
             of
             
               Bishops
               ,
               Presbyters
            
             and
             
               Deacons
               ,
               lib.
               de
               bapt
               .
               Dandi
               quidem
               jus
               habet
               summus
               Sacerdos
               ,
               qui
               &
               Episcopus
               ,
               dehinc
               Presbyteri
               &
               Diaconi
               ,
               non
               tamen
               sine
               Episcopi
               authoritate
               ,
               propter
               Ecclesiae
               bonum
               .
            
             Idem
             
               de
               praescript
               .
               advers
               .
               haer
               .
               cap.
            
             32.
             
             
               Caeterum
               si
               quae
            
             (
             praescriptiones
             )
             
               se
               audent
               inserere
               aetati
               Apostolicae
               ,
               ut
               ita
               videantur
               ab
               Apostolis
               traditae
               .
               —
               Edant
               ergo
               origines
               Ecclesiarum
               suarum
               ,
               evolvant
               ordinem
               Episcoporum
               suorum
               ,
               ita
               per
               successiones
               ab
               initio
               decurrentem
               ,
               ut
               primus
               ille
               Episcopus
               ,
               aliquem
               ex
               Apostolis
               ,
               vel
               Apostolicis
               viris
               ,
               qui
               tamen
               cum
               Apostolis
               perseverarent
               ,
               habuerit
               authorem
               &
               antecessorem
               ;
               hoc
               enim
               modo
               Ecclesiae
               Apostolicae
               census
               suos
               deferunt
               ,
               
               sicut
               Smyrneorum
               Ecclesia
               habens
               Polycarpum
               ,
               à
               Ioanne
               collocatum
               refert
               :
               sicut
               Romanorum
               à
               Petro
               Clementem
               ordinatum
               edit
               .
               Proinde
               utique
               &
               caeterae
               exhibent
               ,
               quos
               ab
               Apostolis
               in
               Episcopatu
               constitutos
               Apostolici
               seminis
               traduces
               habeant
               ;
               confingant
               tale
               aliquid
               baeretici
               .
            
             He
             also
             lib.
             4.
             
               cont
               .
               Marcionem
               ,
               cap.
            
             5.
             saith
             ,
             
               Ordo
               tamen
               Episcoporum
               ad
               originem
               recensus
               ,
               in
               Joannem
               stabit
               authorem
               .
            
             By
             which
             we
             see
             that
             he
             both
             judged
             Bishops
             to
             be
             of
             an
             Apostolical
             origene
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             counted
             them
             different
             from
             Presbyters
             .
             A
             little
             after
             him
             was
             
               Clemens
               Alex.
            
             who
             6.
             
             Strom.
             p.
             667.
             speaking
             of
             the
             Constitution
             of
             the
             Christian
             Churches
             ,
             saith
             ,
             there
             were
             among
             them
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             which
             he
             thinks
             was
             taken
             from
             the
             Angelick
             glory
             ,
             and
             from
             their
             Oeconomy
             and
             administration
             .
          
           
             We
             shall
             also
             find
             through
             all
             Cyprian
             his
             Epistles
             this
             disparity
             so
             clear
             ,
             that
             it
             cannot
             be
             denied
             ,
             that
             yet
             we
             find
             him
             as
             condescending
             as
             any
             .
             Epist.
             6.
             writing
             to
             his
             Clergy
             :
             he
             saith
             ,
             
               Solus
               rescribere
               nihil
               potui
               ,
               quando
               à
               primordio
               Episcopatus
               mei
               statuerim
               nihil
               sine
               consilio
               vestro
               ,
               &
               sine
               consensu
               plebis
               meae
               ,
               pivata
               gerere
               sententia
               .
            
             But
             even
             this
             looks
             like
             a
             yielding
             to
             a
             diminution
             of
             that
             plenitude
             of
             power
             to
             which
             he
             might
             have
             pretended
             ,
             Epist.
             65.
             writing
             to
             ,
             Rogatian
             ,
             who
             had
             advised
             with
             him
             concerning
             a
             Deacon
             
             that
             had
             carried
             insolently
             toward
             him
             ,
             he
             writes
             :
             
               Pro
               Episcopatûs
               vigore
               ,
               &
               Cathedrae
               authoritate
               ,
               haberes
               potestatem
               ,
               qua
               posses
               de
               illo
               statim
               vindicari
               .
            
             (
             and
             about
             the
             end
             )
             
               Haec
               sunt
               enim
               initia
               baereticorum
               ,
               &
               ortus
               atque
               conatus
               Schismaticorum
               male
               cogitantium
               ,
               ut
               sibi
               placeant
               ,
               ut
               praepositum
               superbo
               tumore
               contemnant
               ,
               sic
               de
               Ecclesiâ
               receditur
               ,
               sic
               altare
               profanum
               foris
               collocatur
               ,
               sic
               contra
               pacem
               CHRISTI
               ,
               &
               ordinationem
               ,
               atque
               unitatem
               DEI
               rebellatur
               .
            
             Likewise
             we
             find
             Epist.
             31.
             written
             to
             Cyprian
             ,
             by
             the
             
               Clerus
               Romanus
            
             ,
             the
             Seat
             being
             then
             vacant
             ,
             what
             sense
             they
             had
             of
             the
             Bishop's
             power
             ,
             when
             they
             say
             :
             
               Post
               excessum
               nobilissimae
               memoriae
               Fabiani
               ,
               nondum
               est
               Episcopus
               propter
               rerum
               &
               temporum
               difficultates
               constitutus
               ,
               qui
               omnia
               ist
               a
               moderatur
               ,
               &
               eorum
               qui
               lapsi
               sunt
               possit
               cum
               authoritate
               &
               consilio
               habere
               rationem
               .
            
             And
             if
             in
             any
             case
             we
             receive
             a
             testimony
             ,
             it
             should
             be
             from
             the
             mouth
             of
             those
             who
             can
             only
             pretend
             to
             be
             injured
             .
             My
             next
             witness
             shall
             be
             Dionysius
             of
             Alexandria
             ,
             whose
             same
             and
             authority
             was
             inferiour
             to
             none
             of
             the
             age
             he
             lived
             in
             .
             I
             do
             not
             bring
             his
             words
             to
             prove
             there
             were
             Bishops
             in
             the
             Church
             in
             his
             time
             ,
             since
             that
             is
             denied
             by
             none
             :
             But
             to
             prove
             how
             full
             and
             absolute
             the
             authority
             of
             the
             Bishops
             was
             then
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Presbyters
             were
             simply
             determined
             by
             their
             commands
             .
             Great
             care
             was
             used
             to
             keep
             the
             Christian
             Assemblies
             pure
             ;
             and
             
             therefore
             such
             as
             fell
             in
             scandalous
             sins
             ,
             chiefly
             these
             who
             apostatised
             in
             the
             persecution
             ,
             were
             not
             admitted
             to
             the
             Communion
             of
             the
             faithful
             ,
             but
             after
             a
             long
             and
             heavy
             penitence
             :
             And
             a
             question
             rising
             ,
             What
             should
             be
             done
             with
             those
             who
             died
             before
             they
             finished
             their
             penitence
             :
             he
             in
             his
             Letter
             to
             Fabius
             Bishop
             of
             Rome
             ,
             telling
             that
             signal
             story
             of
             Serapion
             ,
             shews
             that
             in
             his
             Diocese
             the
             Presbyters
             sent
             the
             Eucharist
             to
             the
             sick
             who
             desired
             it
             ,
             though
             they
             died
             before
             they
             had
             compleated
             their
             penitence
             :
             and
             he
             adds
             how
             this
             was
             by
             his
             authority
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             Where
             from
             the
             stile
             of
             ●
             
               Command
               given
               by
               him
               ,
               which
               was
               the
               rule
               of
               his
               Presbyters
               ,
            
             and
             the
             rest
             of
             that
             Epistle
             ,
             it
             is
             as
             clear
             as
             any
             matter
             of
             fact
             can
             be
             ,
             that
             the
             authority
             of
             
               Bishops
               over
               their
               Presbyters
               was
               then
               full
               ,
               absolute
               ,
               and
               undisputed
               .
            
          
           
             If
             we
             will
             believe
             Eusebius
             ,
             who
             certainly
             hath
             been
             a
             diligent
             and
             great
             Collector
             ,
             as
             any
             of
             all
             the
             Ancients
             ,
             the
             whole
             Tract
             ,
             both
             of
             his
             History
             and
             Chronology
             ,
             runs
             fully
             in
             this
             strain
             ;
             and
             he
             gives
             us
             the
             Catalogues
             of
             the
             Bishops
             of
             the
             Patriarchal
             Sees
             ,
             from
             the
             days
             of
             the
             Apostles
             to
             his
             own
             time
             .
             And
             tho
             it
             is
             not
             to
             be
             denied
             that
             he
             hath
             been
             too
             credulous
             in
             some
             instances
             ;
             yet
             it
             is
             hard
             to
             think
             he
             
             could
             have
             been
             mistaken
             in
             such
             a
             Tract
             of
             so
             many
             particulars
             .
             And
             we
             see
             from
             the
             sixth
             Canon
             of
             the
             Council
             of
             Nice
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             That
             the
             power
             of
             Metropolitans
             over
             Bishops
             ,
             was
             then
             accounted
             by
             that
             Council
             an
             ancient
             Custom
             ;
             neither
             was
             there
             ever
             any
             opposition
             made
             to
             this
             before
             Aërius
             ,
             who
             upon
             that
             account
             is
             reckoned
             an
             Heretick
             by
             
               Epiph.
               lib.
               3.
               haer
            
             .
             75.
             and
             also
             by
             
               Augustin
               ad
               Quod
               vult
               Deum
               ,
               haer
               .
               53.
               
               Epiphanius
            
             adds
             ,
             that
             he
             was
             an
             Arrian
             ,
             and
             gives
             the
             account
             of
             his
             Opinion
             in
             this
             matter
             ,
             thus
             :
             Aërius
             being
             a
             Presbyter
             in
             Sebastia
             ,
             was
             offended
             when
             Eustathius
             was
             preferred
             before
             him
             to
             that
             Bishoprick
             :
             and
             tho
             Eustathius
             took
             all
             ways
             to
             gain
             him
             ,
             and
             committed
             the
             Xenodochium
             that
             was
             there
             to
             his
             inspection
             ,
             yet
             AErius
             too
             deeply
             irritated
             at
             the
             preference
             ,
             said
             :
             
               Quid
               est
               Episcopus
               ad
               Presbyterum
               ;
               nihil
               differt
               hic
               ab
               illo
               ,
               unus
               enim
               est
               honor
               ,
               unus
               ordo
               ,
               &
               una
               dignitas
               .
               Imponit
               munus
               Episcopus
               ,
               ita
               etiam
               Presbyter
               ;
               lavacrum
               dat
               Episcopus
               ,
               similiter
               &
               Presbyter
               .
               Dispensationem
               cultûs
               divini
               facit
               Episcopus
               ,
               facit
               &
               Presbyter
               similiter
               ;
               sedet
               Episcopus
               in
               throno
               ,
               sedet
               etiam
               Presbyter
               .
            
             By
             which
             he
             deceived
             many
             ,
             and
             had
             divers
             followers
             :
             but
             it
             seems
             they
             have
             died
             with
             their
             Author
             ,
             for
             we
             hear
             no
             more
             of
             them
             .
          
           
             Medina
             in
             the
             Council
             of
             Trent
             ,
             numbred
             with
             
               AErius
               ,
               Jerome
               ,
               Ambrose
               ,
               Augustine
               ,
               
               Chrysostom
               ,
               Theodoret
               ,
               Primasius
               ,
            
             and
             Sedulius
             ,
             as
             if
             they
             had
             been
             of
             the
             same
             mind
             ,
             wherein
             he
             certainly
             spoke
             rashly
             ,
             and
             was
             either
             ignorant
             or
             indeliberate
             .
             We
             have
             already
             considered
             both
             Jerome
             and
             Ambrose
             ,
             or
             rather
             Hilary
             the
             Deacon
             ,
             their
             opinions
             in
             this
             matter
             .
          
           
             All
             that
             is
             gathered
             from
             Augustine
             ,
             is
             ,
             
               Ep.
               ad
               Hieronymum
            
             ,
             where
             he
             saith
             :
             
               Quanquam
               secundum
               honorem
               vocabulorum
               ,
               quae
               jam
               usus
               obtinuit
               ,
               Episcopatus
               Presbyterio
               major
               fit
               ,
               multis
               tamen
               in
               rebus
               Augustino
               Hieronymus
               major
               est
               .
            
             Whence
             some
             would
             infer
             that
             the
             difference
             of
             these
             was
             only
             in
             words
             ,
             and
             brought
             in
             but
             by
             custom
             :
             But
             how
             thin
             and
             weak
             this
             is
             ,
             it
             being
             but
             a
             smooth
             Complement
             ,
             will
             appear
             to
             all
             ,
             especially
             if
             they
             set
             it
             in
             the
             balance
             with
             the
             great
             evidence
             that
             stands
             upon
             the
             other
             side
             .
          
           
             
               Chrysostom
               .
               hom
            
             .
             II.
             on
             I
             Tim.
             when
             he
             is
             giving
             the
             reason
             ,
             why
             the
             Apostle
             passeth
             from
             Bishops
             to
             Deacons
             ,
             without
             giving
             rules
             to
             Presbyters
             ,
             saith
             ,
             the
             reason
             was
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             And
             a
             little
             after
             ,
             he
             taxeth
             what
             that
             little
             betwixt
             them
             was
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             But
             this
             is
             far
             from
             saying
             that
             they
             were
             all
             one
             ;
             and
             that
             there
             ought
             to
             be
             no
             difference
             betwixt
             
             them
             .
             Chrysost.
             also
             in
             his
             first
             Homily
             on
             the
             
               Phil.
               I.
               cap.
            
             on
             the
             word
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             saith
             ,
             
               Quid
               hoc
               rei
               est
               ?
               An
               unius
               Civitatis
               plures
               erunt
               Episcopi
               ?
               nullo
               modo
               .
               Verum
               sic
               Presbyteros
               vocavit
               ,
               tunc
               enim
               nomina
               invicem
               communicabant
               ,
               &
               Diaconus
               dicebatur
               Episcopus
               .
            
             And
             there
             he
             shews
             that
             Bishop
             and
             Presbyter
             were
             taken
             promiscuously
             ;
             for
             which
             he
             cites
             that
             of
             
             Timothy's
             being
             ordained
             by
             the
             Imposition
             of
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             Presbytery
             ,
             which
             he
             saith
             is
             to
             be
             understood
             of
             Bishops
             .
             
               Quia
               Presbyteri
               Episcopum
               non
               ordinassent
            
             .
             (
             And
             a
             little
             after
             )
             
               Etiam
               Presbyteri
               olim
               appellabantur
               Episcopi
               ,
               &
               Diaconi
               Christi
               ,
               &
               Episcopi
               Christi
               ,
               unde
               nunc
               etiam
               multi
               Presbyteri
               &
               Diaconi
               scribuntur
               Episcopi
               .
            
             But
             he
             adds
             ,
             that
             in
             process
             of
             time
             ,
             each
             had
             their
             proper
             names
             appropriated
             to
             them
             .
          
           
             OEcumeneus
             and
             Theophylact
             ,
             in
             this
             ,
             and
             all
             other
             things
             ,
             follow
             Chrysostom
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             As
             also
             Primasius
             ,
             who
             on
             I
             Tim.
             3.
             gives
             the
             reason
             ,
             why
             the
             Presbyters
             are
             not
             named
             .
             
               Eos
               in
               Episcoporum
               ordine
               comprehendit
               ,
               quia
               secundus
               ,
               imo
               pene
               unus
               est
               gradus
               .
               Sedulius
               Scotus
            
             on
             the
             I.
             of
             Titus
             ,
             saith
             verbatim
             ,
             that
             which
             Jerome
             hath
             on
             the
             same
             place
             ,
             and
             so
             it
             is
             to
             be
             considered
             as
             all
             one
             with
             him
             on
             the
             matter
             .
          
           
             But
             
             Theodoret's
             opinion
             is
             a
             little
             more
             perplext
             ,
             who
             on
             I
             Tim.
             tells
             ,
             that
             
               the
               same
               persons
               were
               called
               sometimes
               Presbyters
               ,
               sometimes
               
               Bishops
               :
               but
               these
               who
               are
               now
               called
               Bishops
               ,
               were
               then
               called
               Apostles
               ,
               and
               that
               in
               the
               progress
               of
               time
               they
               left
               the
               name
               of
               Apostles
               ,
               and
               the
               name
               of
               Bishops
               was
               appropriated
               to
               them
               who
               were
               first
               called
               Apostles
               .
            
             Thus
             he
             .
             These
             words
             it
             seems
             dropped
             from
             him
             without
             consideration
             ,
             for
             there
             is
             no
             shadow
             of
             ground
             to
             believe
             it
             was
             so
             ;
             otherwise
             how
             came
             it
             ,
             that
             the
             Apostle
             gave
             no
             rules
             for
             them
             ,
             under
             that
             name
             .
             But
             these
             words
             are
             sufficiently
             tossed
             by
             Petavius
             and
             
               Wallo
               Messalinus
            
             .
             And
             thus
             far
             we
             have
             an
             ingenuous
             account
             of
             the
             various
             Sentiments
             of
             the
             Fathers
             ,
             about
             the
             disparity
             of
             Bishops
             and
             Presbyters
             .
          
           
             The
             next
             thing
             in
             this
             Canon
             to
             be
             consider'd
             is
             ,
             what
             is
             meant
             by
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             It
             is
             unquestionable
             ,
             that
             by
             this
             is
             understood
             Ordination
             by
             Imposition
             of
             hands
             ,
             for
             all
             the
             Ancients
             use
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             &
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             promiscuously
             :
             But
             Criticks
             judge
             that
             by
             the
             former
             we
             are
             to
             understand
             all
             that
             pertained
             to
             the
             Ordination
             ,
             and
             the
             whole
             Office
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             latter
             is
             to
             be
             restrained
             to
             that
             particular
             rite
             of
             Imposition
             of
             hands
             given
             in
             the
             Ordination
             .
             Nor
             do
             I
             remember
             of
             any
             place
             ,
             where
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             stands
             for
             the
             Election
             of
             Churchmen
             ,
             except
             in
             the
             fifth
             Canon
             of
             Laodicea
             ,
             which
             discharges
             it
             to
             be
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             the
             hearers
             :
             and
             if
             we
             compare
             that
             with
             the
             13th
             Canon
             of
             the
             same
             
             Council
             ,
             which
             discharges
             the
             popular
             elections
             ,
             we
             shall
             see
             the
             reason
             why
             they
             likewise
             forbid
             the
             elections
             to
             be
             in
             the
             peoples
             hearing
             ,
             which
             was
             for
             avoiding
             tumults
             .
             Balsamon
             on
             this
             Canon
             refutes
             their
             mistake
             ,
             who
             understood
             it
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             which
             was
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             who
             founded
             their
             gloss
             on
             that
             Canon
             of
             Laodicea
             ,
             (
             which
             Zonaras
             and
             Aristenus
             doth
             )
             
               Quae
               enim
               fit
               in
               Ecclesia
               ordinatio
               per
               preces
               mysticas
               peragitur
               ,
               etiamsi
               fiat
               coram
               multis
               .
            
             And
             he
             proves
             his
             gloss
             from
             the
             4.
             
             Canon
             of
             Nice
             ,
             which
             appoints
             the
             elections
             of
             the
             Bishops
             to
             be
             by
             the
             whole
             Bishops
             of
             the
             Province
             ,
             or
             by
             three
             at
             least
             .
             Therefore
             this
             Canon
             cannot
             be
             meant
             of
             the
             elections
             of
             Bishops
             ,
             since
             two
             suffice
             by
             this
             rule
             for
             a
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ;
             and
             by
             the
             recurring
             of
             this
             same
             word
             in
             the
             next
             Canon
             ,
             he
             confirms
             his
             assertion
             ,
             since
             Presbyters
             and
             Deacons
             were
             not
             (
             according
             to
             him
             )
             elected
             by
             Suffrages
             .
             Whence
             we
             see
             ,
             how
             groundless
             a
             nicety
             theirs
             is
             ,
             who
             would
             distinguish
             them
             ,
             as
             if
             the
             former
             had
             been
             the
             election
             ,
             the
             latter
             the
             ordination
             .
             It
             is
             true
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             is
             in
             the
             Greek
             Authors
             almost
             constantly
             taken
             for
             the
             election
             of
             Magistrates
             ,
             which
             was
             ordinarily
             done
             in
             Greece
             by
             the
             extention
             or
             elevation
             of
             the
             hand
             ;
             so
             Budaeus
             upon
             the
             word
             ,
             and
             
               Cicero
               pro
               Flacco
            
             speaks
             of
             their
             
               psephismata
               porrigenda
               manu
               ,
               profundendoque
               clamore
               concitata
               .
            
             But
             that
             distinction
             
             is
             not
             observed
             in
             sacred
             Writings
             ,
             in
             which
             these
             minute
             critical
             Modes
             of
             speaking
             are
             not
             attended
             to
             ,
             and
             since
             ,
             before
             they
             were
             to
             lay
             on
             hands
             ,
             they
             were
             to
             stretch
             forth
             their
             hands
             on
             the
             head
             of
             the
             person
             ,
             this
             word
             is
             not
             improperly
             used
             for
             that
             action
             :
             and
             therefore
             ,
             Acts
             14.
             23.
             
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             is
             used
             of
             Paul
             and
             Barnabas
             their
             ordaining
             of
             Elders
             ,
             where
             it
             is
             clear
             ,
             it
             cannot
             be
             meant
             of
             the
             election
             by
             the
             people
             ,
             but
             of
             their
             Ordination
             of
             Pastors
             .
          
           
             This
             word
             in
             Scripture
             is
             also
             used
             for
             an
             appointment
             ,
             or
             election
             ,
             Acts
             10.
             41.
             
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             is
             taken
             for
             GOD's
             election
             ;
             and
             2
             Cor.
             8.19
             .
             it
             is
             applied
             to
             these
             who
             were
             chosen
             to
             carry
             a
             Message
             .
             As
             for
             the
             Ordination
             of
             Churchmen
             ,
             it
             is
             nothing
             else
             but
             a
             
               solemn
               Ceremony
               of
               blessing
               them
               ,
               by
               laying
               on
               of
               hands
               .
            
             We
             find
             of
             old
             ,
             that
             all
             who
             were
             called
             out
             for
             any
             Divine
             Service
             ,
             were
             solemnly
             separated
             for
             it
             ,
             so
             were
             both
             Kings
             ,
             Priests
             ,
             and
             Prophets
             .
             And
             the
             Law
             of
             Nature
             saith
             ,
             that
             to
             all
             Functions
             for
             which
             a
             great
             veneration
             is
             due
             ,
             there
             should
             be
             a
             solemn
             Inauguration
             .
             The
             laying
             of
             the
             hand
             upon
             the
             head
             ,
             was
             the
             rite
             of
             Benediction
             ,
             Gen.
             48.
             14.
             
             Jacob
             blessing
             
             Joseph's
             Children
             doth
             it
             with
             that
             Ceremony
             :
             In
             like
             manner
             ,
             Deut.
             34.
             19.
             did
             Moses
             bless
             Joshuah
             .
             We
             see
             also
             by
             the
             sinners
             laying
             on
             their
             hands
             on
             the
             head
             of
             the
             Sacrifice
             ,
             that
             is
             was
             a
             Ceremony
             
             used
             in
             the
             devoting
             of
             things
             to
             GOD
             ,
             whence
             might
             rise
             that
             phrase
             among
             the
             
               Latins
               caput
               devovere
            
             .
             And
             upon
             these
             accounts
             ,
             this
             was
             appropriated
             to
             the
             Ordination
             of
             Churchmen
             ,
             who
             are
             to
             be
             both
             blessed
             ,
             and
             devoted
             to
             GOD.
             
          
           
             We
             find
             this
             ceremony
             also
             used
             in
             the
             New
             Testament
             on
             many
             and
             different
             occasions
             ;
             sometimes
             when
             they
             healed
             diseases
             ,
             Mark
             16.
             8.
             
             
               They
               shall
               lay
               their
               hand
               on
               the
               sick
               ,
               and
               they
               shall
               recover
               .
            
             And
             our
             LORD
             usually
             touched
             the
             sick
             with
             his
             hand
             .
             Acts
             28.
             8.
             
             S.
             Paul
             lays
             his
             hands
             on
             Publius
             .
             Likewise
             ,
             when
             they
             conferred
             the
             holy
             Ghost
             on
             any
             who
             were
             baptized
             ,
             they
             used
             this
             ceremony
             ,
             so
             Acts
             8.17
             .
             and
             19.
             6.
             
             And
             farther
             ,
             when
             they
             appointed
             any
             for
             the
             Ministery
             of
             the
             Gospel
             ,
             they
             separated
             and
             blessed
             them
             ,
             by
             the
             laying
             on
             of
             hands
             ;
             so
             1
             Tim.
             4.15
             .
             and
             5.22
             .
             and
             2
             Tim.
             1.6
             .
             Deacons
             were
             also
             ordained
             by
             this
             ceremony
             ,
             Acts
             6.
             6.
             
             As
             also
             when
             they
             sent
             any
             on
             a
             particular
             mission
             ,
             though
             already
             sanctified
             for
             the
             work
             of
             the
             Gospel
             ,
             they
             laid
             hands
             on
             them
             :
             so
             Acts
             13.
             3.
             
             Paul
             and
             Barnabas
             were
             ordained
             for
             the
             Ministery
             of
             the
             Gentiles
             .
             From
             all
             which
             it
             is
             clear
             that
             they
             used
             imposition
             of
             hands
             ,
             as
             the
             constant
             ceremony
             of
             Benediction
             ,
             and
             as
             a
             concomitant
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             not
             as
             a
             ceremony
             of
             it self
             significant
             and
             sacramental
             .
          
           
           
             Among
             the
             Ancients
             ,
             Imposition
             of
             hands
             was
             used
             not
             only
             in
             Confirmation
             ,
             which
             is
             undoubted
             ,
             and
             is
             by
             many
             founded
             on
             that
             of
             Hebrews
             6.2
             .
             where
             laying
             on
             of
             hands
             being
             joined
             with
             Baptism
             ,
             and
             reckoned
             among
             foundations
             ,
             seems
             to
             be
             common
             to
             all
             Christians
             .
             But
             they
             also
             used
             it
             in
             the
             receiving
             of
             penitents
             :
             so
             19th
             Canon
             of
             Laodicea
             .
          
           
             As
             for
             the
             form
             of
             ordaining
             Bishops
             ,
             we
             see
             here
             it
             was
             to
             be
             done
             by
             Bishops
             ,
             which
             is
             agreed
             to
             by
             all
             ,
             only
             Eutychius
             seems
             to
             say
             ,
             that
             in
             Alexandria
             Presbyters
             ordained
             the
             Bishop
             .
             But
             as
             for
             the
             number
             of
             the
             Bishops
             who
             were
             to
             ordain
             ,
             this
             seems
             to
             be
             later
             ,
             and
             more
             sutable
             to
             the
             state
             of
             the
             Churches
             after
             they
             were
             constituted
             ,
             than
             while
             they
             were
             under
             persecution
             .
             The
             number
             of
             three
             was
             appointed
             ,
             
               Conc.
               Arel
            
             .
             1.
             
             Can.
             21.
             
             
               Nic.
               Can.
            
             4.
             
             Arel
             .
             2.
             
             Can.
             5.
             
             Carth.
             2.
             
             Can.
             12.
             
             And
             see
             more
             of
             this
             
               Gratian
               dist
            
             .
             64.
             
             This
             seems
             to
             have
             been
             founded
             on
             
             Timothy's
             Ordination
             ,
             which
             is
             said
             to
             have
             been
             done
             by
             the
             Presbytery
             ,
             which
             Chrysostom
             understands
             of
             a
             Company
             of
             Bishops
             .
             But
             it
             is
             not
             probable
             ,
             that
             in
             the
             time
             of
             persecution
             ,
             when
             Bishops
             neither
             durst
             leave
             their
             own
             flocks
             ,
             nor
             meet
             in
             any
             number
             ,
             this
             was
             then
             observed
             ;
             and
             divers
             accounts
             are
             given
             of
             Ordinations
             ,
             where
             we
             hear
             only
             of
             one
             Bishop
             ordaining
             .
             
               Gregory
               Thaumaturg
            
             was
             
             ordained
             by
             Fidimus
             Bishop
             of
             Amasia
             ,
             who
             went
             to
             the
             Wilderness
             to
             seek
             him
             .
             And
             there
             are
             many
             instances
             among
             the
             Lives
             of
             the
             Solitaries
             ,
             of
             such
             as
             were
             brought
             to
             a
             Bishop
             ,
             and
             ordained
             by
             him
             ,
             without
             any
             other
             assisting
             him
             .
             So
             
               Synesius
               Epist.
            
             67.
             tells
             how
             Siderius
             was
             ordained
             a
             Bishop
             ,
             only
             by
             Philo
             Bishop
             of
             Cyrene
             ;
             and
             tho
             he
             call
             that
             a
             Transgression
             of
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             and
             confesseth
             it
             was
             not
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             but
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             since
             he
             was
             neither
             ordained
             in
             Alexandria
             ,
             nor
             by
             three
             Bishops
             ;
             yet
             he
             justifies
             it
             from
             the
             necessity
             of
             the
             times
             wherein
             such
             freedom
             of
             Assemblies
             was
             not
             safe
             .
             And
             
               Gregory
               the
               Great
            
             allowed
             Augustine
             to
             ordain
             alone
             in
             England
             ;
             who
             upon
             that
             did
             ordain
             some
             Bishops
             alone
             ,
             as
             Beda
             relates
             .
             Dionysius
             the
             
               Areopagite
               cap.
               5.
               de
               Eccles.
               hierar
               .
            
             giving
             the
             account
             of
             the
             Ordination
             of
             Bishops
             ,
             represents
             it
             as
             done
             by
             one
             person
             .
             Anno
             555
             after
             Vigilius
             Bishop
             of
             Rome
             his
             death
             ,
             Pelagius
             who
             got
             himself
             made
             his
             Successor
             ,
             being
             suspected
             of
             accession
             to
             his
             death
             ,
             could
             only
             get
             two
             Bishops
             ,
             to
             wit
             ,
             
               Joannes
               Perusinus
            
             ,
             and
             
               Bonus
               Ferentinus
            
             ,
             who
             with
             Andreas
             Presbyter
             of
             Ostia
             ,
             laid
             hands
             on
             him
             .
             And
             here
             is
             a
             Presbyter
             laying
             hands
             on
             a
             Bishop
             .
             The
             Church
             of
             Rome
             ,
             at
             this
             day
             ,
             ordinarily
             dispenseth
             with
             this
             ,
             so
             that
             one
             Bishop
             and
             two
             Abbots
             do
             often
             ordain
             Bishops
             .
          
           
           
             The
             
               Areopagite
               loc
               .
               cit
            
             .
             gives
             the
             account
             of
             the
             Bishops
             Ordination
             ,
             whom
             he
             always
             calls
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             thus
             :
             
               He
               who
               was
               to
               be
               ordained
               ,
               was
               brought
               to
               another
               Bishop
               ,
               and
               kneeling
               before
               the
               Altar
               ,
               the
               Gospels
               were
               laid
               on
               his
               head
               ,
               and
               the
               Bishops
               hand
               ,
               and
               so
               he
               was
               consecrated
               with
               a
               holy
               Prayer
               ,
               and
               then
               marked
               with
               the
               sign
               of
               the
               cross
               ;
               and
               last
               of
               all
               ,
               saluted
               by
               the
               Bishop
               ,
               and
               whole
               holy
               Order
               .
            
             His
             Theory
             on
             this
             is
             :
             
               Their
               coming
               to
               the
               Altar
               ,
               shews
               the
               subjecting
               of
               their
               whole
               life
               to
               GOD.
               Laying
               on
               of
               hands
               ,
               is
               as
               a
               Father's
               blessing
               of
               his
               Child
               .
               The
               sign
               of
               the
               cross
               signifies
               ,
               that
               they
               are
               to
               follow
               CHRIST
               ,
               even
               to
               the
               cross
               .
               Their
               salutation
               signifies
               their
               union
               one
               with
               another
               :
               and
               the
               Gospel
               is
               laid
               on
               the
               Bishops
               head
               ,
               because
               he
               being
               the
               head
               of
               the
               Hierarchy
               ,
               is
               to
               illuminate
               the
               rest
               .
            
          
           
             With
             this
             agrees
             the
             fourth
             Council
             of
             Carthage
             ,
             where
             the
             rules
             are
             at
             length
             set
             down
             for
             the
             tryals
             and
             qualifications
             of
             Bishops
             :
             and
             Canon
             first
             ,
             at
             the
             end
             ,
             we
             have
             ,
             
               Cum
               in
               bis
               omnibus
               ,
               examinatus
               ,
               fuerit
               inventus
               plene
               instructus
               ,
               tunc
               cum
               consensu
               Clericorum
               &
               laicorum
               ,
               &
               conventu
               totius
               provinciae
               Episcoporum
               ,
               maximeque
               Metropolitani
               vel
               authoritate
               vel
               praesentiâ
               ,
               ordinetur
               Episcopus
               .
            
             And
             Canon
             second
             :
             
               Episcopus
               quum
               ordinatur
               ,
               duo
               Episcopiponant
               &
               teneant
               Evangeliorum
               codicem
               super
               caput
               &
               cervicem
            
             (
             aliter
             verticem
             )
             
               ejus
               ,
               &
               uno
               super
               eum
               fundente
               benedictionem
               ,
               
               reliqui
               omnes
               Episcopi
               ,
               qui
               adsunt
               ,
               manibus
               suis
               caput
               ejus
               tangant
               .
            
             And
             of
             this
             see
             
               Gratian
               dist
            
             .
             23.
             
             &
             77.
             where
             we
             find
             a
             Bishop
             was
             to
             be
             five
             years
             a
             Lector
             or
             Exorcist
             ,
             fourteen
             years
             an
             Acoluth
             or
             Subdeacon
             ,
             and
             five
             years
             a
             Deacon
             ,
             ere
             he
             be
             a
             Presbyter
             ,
             and
             then
             he
             may
             hope
             for
             the
             highest
             degree
             .
             But
             in
             another
             Chapter
             it
             is
             said
             ,
             he
             must
             be
             ten
             years
             a
             Presbyter
             ,
             ere
             he
             can
             be
             a
             Bishop
             .
             And
             in
             another
             Chapter
             ,
             none
             could
             be
             a
             Deacon
             under
             twenty
             five
             years
             of
             age
             .
             But
             by
             the
             Civil
             Law
             ,
             the
             age
             both
             of
             Bishop
             and
             Presbyter
             is
             the
             same
             ;
             to
             wit
             ,
             thirty
             five
             .
             These
             previous
             degrees
             were
             introduced
             ,
             and
             the
             years
             of
             tryal
             in
             them
             were
             appointed
             ,
             that
             all
             might
             be
             prepared
             and
             rightly
             formed
             before
             they
             were
             admitted
             to
             the
             government
             of
             the
             Church
             .
             Among
             other
             ceremonies
             in
             the
             ordination
             of
             Bishops
             ,
             in
             some
             places
             they
             were
             anointed
             with
             the
             
               Chrisma
               .
               Nazianz
               .
               Orat.
            
             20.
             tells
             ,
             that
             his
             father
             had
             so
             anointed
             Basile
             :
             and
             Orat.
             5.
             tells
             ,
             that
             himself
             was
             so
             ordained
             :
             but
             it
             seems
             that
             that
             was
             a
             custom
             peculiar
             to
             that
             Country
             ,
             since
             we
             meet
             not
             with
             it
             so
             early
             elsewhere
             .
          
           
             As
             for
             the
             elections
             of
             Bishops
             ,
             we
             have
             seen
             from
             Ierome
             and
             Eutychius
             ,
             how
             the
             Presbyters
             did
             choose
             the
             Bishop
             .
             But
             in
             Africk
             ,
             the
             Synod
             with
             the
             Clergy
             ,
             and
             the
             people
             did
             it
             ;
             of
             which
             we
             have
             a
             full
             account
             from
             
               Cyprian
               ,
               epist.
            
             
             68.
             
             
               De
               traditione
               divinâ
               &
               Apostolicâ
               observatione
               tenendum
               est
               ,
               &
               observandum
               quod
               apud
               nos
               quoque
               ,
               &
               fere
               per
               Provincias
               universas
               tenetur
               ,
               ut
               ad
               ordinationes
               rite
               celebrandas
               ,
               ad
               cam
               plebem
               cui
               praepositus
               ordinatur
               ,
               Episcopi
               ejusdem
               Provinciae
               proximi
               quique
               conveniant
               ,
               &
               Episcopus
               delegatur
               plebe
               praesente
               ,
               quae
               singulorum
               vitam
               plenissime
               novit
               ,
               &
               uniuscujusque
               actum
               de
               ejus
               conversatione
               perspexerit
               .
            
             And
             a
             little
             before
             ,
             he
             saith
             ,
             
               Plebs
               ipsa
               maxime
               habet
               potestatem
               vel
               elegendi
               dignos
               Sacerdotes
               ,
               vel
               indignos
               recusandi
               .
            
             And
             from
             that
             of
             Numb
             .
             10.
             where
             Moses
             stript
             Aaron
             ,
             and
             clothed
             Eleazer
             before
             all
             the
             Congregation
             ,
             he
             proves
             that
             it
             was
             of
             divine
             Authority
             ,
             that
             the
             sacerdotal
             ordinations
             should
             not
             be
             ,
             
               nisi
               sub
               populi
               assistentis
               conscientiâ
               ,
               ut
               plebe
               praesente
               ,
               vel
               detegantur
               malorum
               crimina
               ,
               vel
               bonorum
               merita
               praedicentur
               ,
               &
               sit
               ordinatio
               justa
               &
               legitima
               ,
               quae
               omnium
               judicio
               &
               suffragio
               erit
               examinata
               .
            
             And
             this
             course
             ,
             he
             saith
             ,
             held
             in
             the
             ordination
             both
             of
             Bishops
             ,
             Priests
             and
             Deacons
             .
             And
             Epist.
             33.
             he
             excuseth
             himself
             ,
             that
             he
             had
             ordained
             one
             a
             Lector
             without
             the
             consent
             of
             his
             people
             ,
             though
             he
             had
             been
             a
             Confessor
             in
             the
             persecution
             .
             the
             Epistle
             is
             directed
             to
             the
             Presbyters
             ,
             Deacons
             ,
             and
             the
             whole
             people
             ,
             and
             begins
             :
             
               In
               ordinationibus
               Clericis
               solemus
               vos
               ante
               consulere
               ,
               &
               mores
               ac
               merita
               singulorum
               communi
               consilio
               ponderare
               .
            
          
           
           
             All
             that
             we
             meet
             with
             concerning
             this
             in
             Scripture
             ,
             is
             the
             chusing
             of
             the
             Deacons
             by
             the
             people
             ,
             Acts
             6.
             for
             that
             of
             Acts
             14.23
             .
             is
             clearly
             misapplied
             .
             1
             Tim.
             3.
             a
             Deacon
             should
             be
             first
             approved
             ,
             and
             Titus
             1.6
             .
             a
             Bishop
             must
             be
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ;
             and
             thereby
             it
             appears
             ,
             that
             certainly
             some
             enquiry
             was
             to
             be
             made
             into
             his
             Conversation
             ,
             which
             at
             least
             must
             have
             been
             a
             Promulgation
             before-hand
             .
             So
             we
             find
             
               Conc.
               Chalc.
               can
            
             .
             6.
             
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             And
             Lampridius
             in
             the
             life
             of
             
               Alexander
               Severus
            
             tells
             ,
             that
             he
             used
             such
             a
             course
             before
             he
             made
             any
             Governor
             of
             a
             Province
             .
             
               Dicebatque
               grave
               esse
               non
               fieri
               in
               Provinciarum
               rectoribus
               ,
               cum
               id
               Christiani
               &
               fudaei
               facerent
               in
               praedicandis
               Sacerdotibus
               ,
               qui
               ordinandi
               sunt
               .
            
          
           
             But
             there
             were
             frequent
             disorders
             in
             these
             elections
             ,
             which
             occasioned
             the
             13.
             
             Canon
             of
             the
             Council
             of
             Laodicea
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             :
             and
             by
             the
             Canon
             goeth
             before
             that
             ,
             the
             election
             of
             Bishops
             is
             committed
             to
             the
             Bishops
             of
             the
             Province
             ,
             which
             was
             also
             established
             by
             the
             Council
             of
             Nice
             ,
             fourth
             and
             sixth
             Canon
             .
             Likewise
             
               Justinian
               ,
               Nov.
            
             123.
             cap.
             1.
             excludes
             the
             people
             from
             the
             election
             of
             the
             Bishop
             ,
             but
             leaves
             it
             to
             the
             Clergy
             ,
             and
             the
             
               primores
               Civitatis
            
             ,
             to
             name
             a
             list
             of
             three
             ,
             out
             of
             which
             the
             
               Metropolitan
               was
               to
               choose
               one
            
             .
             The
             Bishops
             were
             to
             be
             ordained
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             
             the
             People
             ,
             where
             every
             one
             might
             propose
             his
             exceptions
             ,
             why
             he
             might
             not
             be
             ordained
             ,
             which
             were
             to
             be
             examined
             before
             they
             proceeded
             to
             the
             Ordination
             .
             So
             
               Conc.
               Antioch
               .
               Canon
            
             19.
             and
             
               Carthag
               .
               Canon
            
             49.
             and
             
               Iustinian
               tit
            
             .
             1.
             
             
               Nov.
               Const.
            
             1
             ,
             2.17
             .
             according
             to
             
               Photius
               in
               Nomocan
               ,
               tit
            
             .
             1.
             cap.
             8.
             
             Yet
             these
             popular
             elections
             were
             not
             wholly
             taken
             away
             ,
             and
             at
             least
             the
             peoples
             consent
             was
             asked
             :
             but
             there
             were
             great
             disorders
             in
             these
             elections
             .
             
               Nazianz.
               Orat.
            
             14.
             at
             his
             Father's
             Funeral
             instanceth
             them
             in
             two
             cases
             at
             Cesarea
             ,
             where
             his
             Father
             was
             present
             ;
             in
             which
             there
             were
             factions
             at
             the
             election
             of
             the
             Bishop
             :
             In
             one
             of
             them
             it
             was
             that
             Basil
             was
             chosen
             .
          
           
             
               Ammian
               Mercellin
            
             tells
             what
             tumults
             were
             at
             Rome
             in
             the
             elections
             of
             their
             Bishops
             ,
             of
             whom
             he
             saith
             ,
             
               Supra
               modum
               humanum
               ad
               rapiendam
               sedem
               Episcopalem
               ardebant
               :
            
             So
             that
             at
             the
             election
             of
             Damasus
             the
             faction
             betwixt
             his
             electors
             ,
             and
             those
             that
             were
             for
             Urcisinus
             ,
             brake
             out
             into
             such
             a
             tumult
             ,
             that
             there
             were
             
               in
               Basilicâ
               Sicinini
               ,
               ubi
               ritus
               Christiani
               est
               Conventiculum
               ,
               centum
               triginta
               septem
               peremptorum
               cadavera
               reperta
               ,
               lib.
            
             27.
             
             And
             he
             adds
             ,
             It
             was
             no
             wonder
             they
             struggled
             so
             about
             it
             ,
             because
             
               id
               adepti
               futuri
               sunt
               ita
               securi
               ,
               ut
               ditentur
               oblationibus
               matronarum
               ,
               procedantque
               vehiculis
               insidentes
               ,
               circumspecte
               vestiti
               ,
               epulas
               curantes
               profusas
               ,
               adeo
               ut
               eorum
               convivia
               
               Regales
               superent
               mensas
               ,
               qui
               esse
               poterant
               beati
               revera
               ,
               si
               urbis
               magnitudine
               despecta
               quam
               vitiis
               opponunt
               ,
               ad
               imitationem
               quorandam
               provincialium
               Antistitum
               viverent
               ,
               quos
               tenuitas
               edendi
               potandique
               parcissimè
               ,
               vilit
               as
               etiam
               indumentorum
               &
               supercilia
               humum
               spectantia
               perpetuo
               Numini
               ,
               verisque
               ejus
               cultoribus
               ,
               ut
               puros
               commendant
               &
               verecundos
               .
            
          
           
             Because
             of
             those
             disorders
             in
             elections
             ,
             it
             was
             that
             
               Nazianz.
               Orat.
            
             19.
             wished
             ,
             that
             the
             elections
             were
             only
             or
             chiefly
             in
             their
             hands
             who
             served
             at
             their
             Altar
             .
             
               Sic
               enim
               nunquam
               Ecclesiis
               male
               esset
               .
            
             Therefore
             he
             desires
             they
             should
             no
             more
             be
             committed
             
               iis
               qui
               opibus
               ac
               potentiâ
               pollent
               aut
               plebis
               impetui
               ac
               temeritati
               ,
               atque
               etiam
               plebeiorum
               vilissimo
               aut
               contemptissimo
               cuique
               ,
            
             as
             had
             been
             before
             .
             Adding
             ,
             that
             the
             disorders
             which
             were
             in
             such
             elections
             ,
             made
             him
             loath
             his
             life
             ,
             and
             long
             to
             be
             in
             a
             Wilderness
             .
          
           
             One
             effect
             of
             these
             confused
             elections
             was
             ,
             that
             some
             who
             were
             not
             Presbyters
             ,
             nay
             not
             so
             much
             as
             Christians
             ,
             were
             chosen
             Bishops
             :
             for
             Orat.
             20.
             on
             Basil
             ,
             when
             he
             tells
             how
             Basil
             was
             first
             ordained
             a
             Presbyter
             ,
             he
             regrates
             that
             many
             Bishops
             oft-times
             leaped
             into
             the
             Chair
             without
             any
             preceding
             degree
             ,
             which
             was
             contrary
             to
             Nature
             and
             Reason
             ,
             since
             among
             Saylors
             none
             is
             made
             at
             first
             a
             Pilot
             :
             nor
             is
             there
             any
             at
             first
             made
             a
             General
             among
             Soldiers
             .
             
               Nunc
               autem
               periculum
               est
               ,
               ne
               ordo
               omnium
               sanctissimus
               ,
               
               omnium
               maximè
               sit
               ridiculus
               :
               non
               enim
               virtute
               magis
               ,
               quam
               maleficio
               ,
               &
               scelere
               Sacerdotium
               paratur
               ,
               nec
               digniorum
               ,
               sed
               potentiorum
               throni
               sunt
               .
            
             Adding
             ,
             that
             none
             is
             called
             a
             Physician
             ,
             before
             he
             understand
             diseases
             ,
             nor
             a
             Painter
             before
             he
             can
             mix
             colors
             .
             
               Antistes
               contra
               facile
               invenitur
               ,
               non
               elaboratus
               ,
               sed
               recens
               .
               —
               Uno
               die
               sancto
               fingimus
               ,
               eosque
               sapientes
               &
               eruditos
               esse
               jubemus
               ,
               qui
               nihil
               didicerunt
               :
               nec
               ad
               Sacerdotium
               quicquam
               prius
               contulerunt
               quam
               velle
               .
            
             And
             Orat.
             19.
             he
             tells
             how
             in
             Cesarea
             at
             an
             election
             of
             a
             Bishop
             ,
             his
             Father
             and
             other
             Bishops
             being
             present
             ,
             there
             arose
             a
             great
             sedition
             about
             it
             ,
             which
             could
             not
             be
             easily
             composed
             ,
             partly
             thorow
             the
             peoples
             fervor
             about
             the
             Faith
             ,
             partly
             thorow
             the
             eminence
             of
             the
             Chair
             ,
             which
             made
             the
             contentions
             greater
             .
             But
             at
             length
             the
             whole
             people
             with
             one
             consent
             made
             choice
             of
             a
             person
             of
             great
             quality
             ,
             but
             not
             yet
             baptized
             ,
             to
             be
             their
             Bishop
             :
             from
             which
             he
             was
             very
             averse
             ,
             but
             they
             took
             him
             by
             force
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             assistance
             of
             some
             Soldiers
             then
             in
             the
             City
             ,
             haled
             him
             to
             the
             Church
             ,
             and
             desired
             the
             Bishops
             ,
             not
             without
             threats
             ,
             to
             ordain
             him
             :
             whereupon
             they
             overawed
             by
             fear
             and
             force
             ,
             first
             purified
             him
             ,
             and
             then
             set
             him
             upon
             the
             Throne
             ;
             but
             more
             with
             their
             hands
             than
             with
             their
             heart
             .
             Chrysost
             .
             also
             lib.
             3.
             
               de
               Sacerdotio
               ,
               cap
            
             ,
             15.
             shews
             the
             evil
             of
             these
             popular
             elections
             ,
             and
             that
             in
             
             them
             they
             looked
             more
             to
             riches
             and
             honor
             ,
             than
             to
             true
             worth
             .
          
           
             But
             where
             the
             Synodical
             elections
             were
             set
             up
             ,
             the
             People
             were
             not
             wholly
             excluded
             from
             their
             interest
             in
             the
             choice
             ,
             as
             we
             see
             particularly
             in
             the
             Churches
             of
             Milan
             and
             Hippo.
             Neither
             were
             these
             Synodical
             elections
             so
             regular
             as
             Nazianzen
             hoped
             ,
             which
             appears
             from
             two
             famous
             Instances
             of
             Nectarius
             and
             Ambrosius
             .
          
           
             Nectarius
             came
             to
             the
             Council
             of
             Constantinople
             in
             the
             company
             of
             Diodorus
             Bishop
             of
             Tarsus
             :
             and
             then
             it
             was
             ,
             that
             upon
             some
             differences
             (
             as
             you
             shall
             see
             afterwards
             )
             Nazianzen
             retired
             from
             Constantinople
             .
             And
             Nectarius
             thinking
             to
             go
             home
             to
             his
             Country
             ,
             came
             to
             his
             Bishop
             Diodorus
             to
             ask
             his
             blessing
             ,
             and
             receive
             his
             commands
             .
             But
             at
             that
             time
             all
             Diodorus
             thoughts
             were
             ,
             how
             a
             fit
             Person
             might
             be
             found
             for
             Constantinople
             ,
             and
             looking
             on
             Nectarius
             ,
             considering
             his
             Gravity
             ,
             his
             gray
             Hairs
             ,
             and
             sweet
             Temper
             ,
             he
             thought
             (
             it
             seems
             by
             a
             Divine
             Inspiration
             )
             what
             if
             he
             were
             made
             Bishop
             .
             And
             thereupon
             pretending
             another
             errand
             ,
             he
             took
             him
             to
             the
             Bishop
             of
             Antioch
             ,
             and
             whispering
             him
             in
             the
             Ear
             ,
             bid
             him
             consider
             how
             fit
             a
             Person
             Nectarius
             might
             prove
             for
             the
             Bishoprick
             of
             
               Constantinople
               .
               Meletius
            
             laughed
             in
             his
             heart
             at
             Diodorus
             his
             simplicity
             ,
             who
             should
             
             think
             of
             Nectarius
             ,
             when
             so
             many
             famous
             Men
             had
             been
             named
             for
             that
             See
             by
             their
             Bishops
             .
             After
             that
             ,
             Theodosius
             the
             Emperor
             commanded
             the
             Synod
             to
             give
             him
             in
             writing
             a
             list
             of
             such
             persons
             as
             were
             judged
             fit
             for
             that
             Chair
             ,
             which
             being
             laid
             upon
             Miletus
             to
             draw
             ,
             he
             to
             gratifie
             Diodorus
             ,
             puts
             Nectarius
             among
             them
             .
             The
             Emperor
             at
             first
             reading
             began
             to
             think
             of
             Nectarius
             :
             but
             at
             second
             reading
             ,
             positively
             concluded
             that
             he
             must
             be
             the
             Bishop
             .
             The
             Synod
             was
             amazed
             ,
             and
             began
             to
             enquire
             about
             him
             ,
             and
             found
             that
             he
             was
             but
             a
             Catechumen
             ,
             whereupon
             they
             desired
             the
             Emperour
             to
             change
             his
             mind
             ;
             but
             he
             continuing
             resolute
             ,
             the
             Synod
             yielded
             :
             and
             after
             they
             had
             baptized
             him
             ,
             they
             ordained
             him
             Bishop
             .
             And
             by
             this
             we
             see
             that
             the
             Synod
             made
             the
             list
             ,
             but
             the
             Emperour
             named
             the
             person
             .
          
           
             Near
             of
             kin
             to
             this
             is
             the
             story
             of
             Ambrose
             .
             After
             Auxentius
             the
             Bishop
             of
             Milan
             his
             death
             ,
             Valentinian
             the
             Emperor
             called
             a
             Council
             of
             Bishops
             ,
             and
             appointed
             them
             to
             chuse
             some
             holy
             and
             fit
             person
             to
             be
             Bishop
             there
             ,
             
               Cujus
               authoritati
               &
               nos
               subjiciamur
               ,
               cujusque
               reprehensiones
               ferre
               non
               dubitemus
               .
               Etenim
               ut
               Imperatores
               nos
               simus
               ,
               &
               rerum
               potiamur
               ,
               homines
               tamen
               esse
               nos
               ,
               &
               humanis
               lapsibus
               obnoxios
               fatendum
               nobis
               est
               .
            
             But
             the
             Synod
             referred
             the
             Election
             back
             to
             him
             ,
             that
             he
             might
             name
             the
             person
             ,
             yet
             he
             refused
             it
             ,
             
             and
             told
             them
             ,
             it
             was
             their
             business
             ,
             adding
             ,
             
               Ego
               vero
               ,
               id
               &
               viribus
               meis
               majus
               &
               ab
               officio
               meo
               alienum
               judico
               .
            
             But
             as
             they
             went
             to
             consult
             about
             this
             ,
             the
             people
             of
             Milan
             did
             all
             run
             together
             to
             the
             Church
             to
             chuse
             their
             Bishops
             ,
             some
             of
             them
             were
             Arrians
             ,
             and
             others
             Orthodox
             ,
             and
             each
             party
             was
             contending
             to
             have
             the
             Bishop
             chosen
             of
             their
             own
             side
             .
             At
             that
             time
             Ambrose
             a
             Noble
             Roman
             of
             the
             Consular
             Order
             ,
             was
             Prefect
             there
             ,
             to
             whom
             Valentinian
             ,
             when
             he
             sent
             him
             to
             that
             charge
             ;
             said
             ,
             
               Vade
               ,
               age
               non
               ut
               Iudex
               ,
               sed
               ut
               Episcopus
               .
            
             He
             fearing
             that
             the
             concourse
             of
             the
             people
             might
             end
             in
             a
             Tumult
             ,
             came
             among
             them
             to
             prevent
             that
             ,
             and
             with
             great
             sweetness
             exhorted
             them
             to
             calmness
             and
             unity
             ;
             whereupon
             they
             much
             taken
             with
             his
             Speech
             ,
             cryed
             out
             with
             one
             accord
             ;
             
               Let
               Ambrose
               be
               Bishop
            
             .
             But
             he
             resisted
             this
             as
             much
             as
             he
             could
             ,
             and
             did
             chide
             them
             for
             their
             indeliberate
             choice
             of
             a
             secular
             person
             ,
             who
             was
             a
             stranger
             to
             Ecclesiastical
             affairs
             ,
             and
             not
             so
             much
             as
             initiated
             into
             the
             faith
             ,
             for
             he
             was
             not
             then
             baptized
             .
             Yet
             the
             Synod
             approving
             of
             their
             Election
             ,
             he
             was
             first
             baptized
             ,
             and
             then
             ordained
             Bishop
             .
             But
             Paulinus
             adds
             ,
             that
             after
             his
             Baptism
             ,
             he
             past
             in
             order
             through
             all
             the
             Ecclesiastical
             degrees
             ,
             and
             on
             the
             eighth
             day
             was
             ordained
             Bishop
             there
             .
             Thus
             went
             the
             Synodical
             Elections
             :
             but
             it
             was
             a
             great
             while
             before
             that
             ,
             even
             in
             the
             Elections
             of
             
             the
             Bishops
             of
             Rome
             ,
             the
             people
             were
             wholly
             barred
             from
             their
             priviledges
             .
             And
             of
             all
             this
             see
             at
             large
             
               Antonius
               de
               Dominis
               ,
               lib.
            
             3.
             
               de
               Repub.
               Eccles.
               cap.
            
             3.
             
          
           
             Metropolitans
             were
             chosen
             by
             the
             Patriarchs
             ,
             and
             the
             Patriarchs
             by
             the
             Emperours
             :
             but
             in
             some
             cases
             ,
             the
             Emperours
             took
             the
             Elections
             simply
             to
             themselves
             ;
             at
             other
             times
             ,
             they
             reserved
             only
             the
             ratification
             of
             them
             to
             themselves
             :
             and
             so
             for
             a
             great
             while
             ,
             the
             Elections
             of
             the
             Bishops
             of
             Rome
             were
             to
             be
             ratified
             ,
             either
             by
             the
             Emperors
             of
             the
             East
             ,
             or
             by
             their
             Exarchs
             at
             Ravenna
             .
             And
             after
             that
             
               Charles
               the
               Great
            
             assumed
             the
             Empire
             of
             the
             West
             ,
             it
             was
             decreed
             in
             a
             Synod
             at
             Rome
             ,
             that
             the
             Election
             of
             the
             Roman
             Bishop
             belonged
             to
             him
             :
             and
             accordingly
             he
             was
             in
             possession
             of
             it
             ,
             though
             his
             Successors
             did
             simply
             slip
             from
             it
             .
             Now
             the
             Elections
             are
             in
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             Canons
             and
             Prebends
             ,
             which
             is
             an
             art
             to
             make
             the
             Election
             go
             what
             way
             the
             Superior
             will.
             But
             the
             Chapters
             chusing
             the
             Bishop
             ,
             was
             not
             known
             to
             the
             Ancients
             ,
             it
             belonging
             to
             the
             whole
             College
             of
             the
             Presbyters
             without
             distinction
             .
             And
             all
             who
             desire
             the
             restitution
             of
             Church
             discipline
             ,
             think
             ,
             that
             the
             erecting
             of
             Provincial
             Synods
             ,
             and
             giving
             the
             power
             of
             electing
             Bishops
             to
             them
             ,
             is
             both
             the
             best
             method
             ,
             and
             most
             agreeable
             to
             all
             Antiquity
             .
          
           
           
             A
             See
             was
             not
             to
             lie
             vacant
             over
             three
             months
             ,
             nor
             the
             ordination
             of
             a
             Bishop
             delayed
             ,
             except
             upon
             an
             inexcusable
             necessity
             ,
             otherwise
             the
             Metropolitan
             was
             liable
             to
             Censure
             ,
             
               Conc.
               Chalc.
               Can.
            
             25.
             and
             in
             the
             Council
             of
             
               Sardice
               ,
               Can.
            
             10.
             
             Osius
             proposed
             ,
             that
             none
             should
             be
             Bishop
             till
             he
             had
             passed
             through
             all
             the
             inferior
             degrees
             ,
             and
             had
             finished
             the
             Ministery
             of
             a
             Lector
             ,
             Deacon
             ,
             and
             Presbyter
             ;
             and
             to
             this
             all
             the
             Bishops
             there
             present
             gave
             their
             consent
             :
             but
             by
             the
             instances
             already
             marked
             ,
             we
             see
             that
             this
             order
             was
             not
             universally
             observed
             .
             Nov.
             123.
             it
             is
             decreed
             ,
             that
             a
             Bishop
             be
             at
             least
             three
             months
             among
             the
             Clergy
             ,
             before
             he
             be
             ordained
             ,
             that
             he
             may
             be
             instructed
             in
             the
             Ecclesiastical
             Ministery
             and
             service
             .
          
           
             Another
             Custom
             there
             had
             been
             of
             Bishops
             ordaining
             Successors
             for
             themselves
             :
             so
             
               Euseb.
               lib.
               7.
               cap.
            
             26.
             or
             according
             to
             the
             Greek
             division
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             tells
             how
             Theotecnus
             Bishop
             of
             Cesarea
             ,
             ordained
             Anatolius
             to
             be
             his
             Successor
             ,
             and
             that
             for
             some
             time
             they
             were
             both
             Bishops
             together
             .
             In
             other
             places
             they
             did
             not
             ordain
             ,
             but
             only
             design
             their
             Successors
             .
             Yet
             Augustin
             was
             ordained
             Bishop
             of
             Hippo
             by
             his
             Predecessor
             Valerius
             ;
             but
             he
             apologizes
             for
             this
             ,
             Epist.
             110.
             and
             saith
             ,
             that
             he
             did
             not
             know
             that
             it
             was
             contrary
             to
             the
             Council
             of
             Nice
             ,
             which
             decreed
             that
             there
             should
             be
             but
             one
             Bishop
             at
             once
             in
             a
             
             City
             .
             And
             from
             that
             Epistle
             we
             see
             it
             was
             ordinary
             for
             Bishops
             to
             design
             their
             Successors
             ,
             which
             was
             done
             to
             prevent
             the
             tumults
             were
             usually
             in
             Elections
             .
             And
             Augustin
             tells
             us
             of
             a
             disorder
             which
             had
             been
             in
             a
             neighbor
             Town
             ,
             because
             the
             Bishop
             ,
             though
             he
             had
             designed
             his
             Successor
             ,
             yet
             had
             not
             published
             it
             .
             Therefore
             he
             to
             evite
             that
             hazard
             ,
             designed
             Eradius
             to
             be
             his
             Successor
             ,
             to
             which
             all
             the
             people
             assented
             .
             Yet
             lest
             this
             might
             have
             opened
             a
             door
             for
             Bishops
             to
             have
             transmitted
             their
             Sees
             to
             their
             kindred
             or
             Friends
             ,
             it
             was
             decreed
             in
             the
             Council
             of
             
               Antioch
               ,
               Can.
            
             23.
             that
             any
             such
             designation
             of
             Successors
             made
             by
             Bishops
             ,
             should
             be
             declared
             null
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Election
             of
             the
             Bishop
             should
             be
             in
             the
             hands
             of
             the
             Bishops
             of
             that
             Synod
             where
             the
             See
             lay
             .
          
           
             There
             might
             be
             but
             one
             Bishop
             in
             a
             City
             for
             Unities
             sake
             ,
             yet
             sometimes
             there
             were
             Coadjutors
             :
             so
             Nazianzen
             was
             Coadjutor
             to
             his
             Father
             .
             And
             Augustin
             in
             his
             second
             Conference
             with
             the
             Donatists
             ,
             offered
             that
             if
             the
             Donatists
             overcame
             ,
             then
             they
             should
             yield
             their
             Bishopricks
             to
             them
             ;
             but
             if
             the
             Donatists
             were
             overcome
             by
             them
             ,
             and
             so
             should
             return
             to
             the
             community
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             they
             should
             admit
             them
             to
             be
             conjunct
             Bishops
             with
             them
             .
             So
             was
             the
             Schism
             in
             Antioch
             betwixt
             the
             Meletianists
             and
             the
             Paulianists
             setled
             ,
             that
             both
             should
             be
             Bishops
             together
             ,
             
             and
             all
             should
             obey
             him
             that
             survived
             ;
             to
             this
             they
             all
             agreed
             ,
             confirming
             it
             by
             Oath
             .
             Yet
             Flavianus
             ,
             one
             of
             Miletus
             his
             disciples
             ,
             after
             his
             death
             ,
             got
             himself
             chosen
             Bishop
             ,
             but
             was
             in
             that
             condemned
             by
             all
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             true
             ,
             that
             the
             Novatians
             in
             divers
             Sees
             had
             distinct
             Bishops
             ,
             but
             these
             were
             Schismaticks
             .
             Yet
             in
             the
             beginning
             of
             Christianity
             ,
             it
             would
             appear
             that
             there
             were
             more
             Bishops
             in
             one
             place
             :
             for
             Tertullian
             and
             Epiphanius
             assert
             ,
             that
             Clemens
             was
             ordained
             Bishop
             of
             Rome
             by
             S.
             Peter
             .
             And
             yet
             all
             reckon
             Linus
             to
             have
             succeeded
             him
             .
             So
             also
             Evodius
             is
             generally
             reckoned
             to
             be
             the
             first
             Bishop
             of
             Antioch
             ;
             thus
             
               Eusebius
               ,
               Origen
            
             and
             Ierome
             .
             Yet
             Chrysostom
             and
             Theodoret
             say
             ,
             that
             Ignatius
             was
             ordained
             there
             by
             S.
             Peter
             .
             If
             there
             be
             any
             authority
             in
             Clemens
             his
             Constitutions
             ,
             they
             offer
             a
             clear
             account
             of
             this
             ,
             that
             Evodius
             was
             appointed
             Bishop
             of
             the
             Circumcision
             ,
             and
             Ignatius
             Bishop
             of
             the
             Uncircumcision
             ;
             and
             that
             after
             
             Evodius's
             death
             ,
             both
             Churches
             grew
             in
             one
             .
             The
             same
             also
             is
             applied
             to
             the
             difference
             about
             Linus
             ,
             and
             Clemens
             by
             others
             ,
             as
             if
             Linus
             had
             been
             Bishop
             of
             the
             Circumcision
             ,
             and
             Clemens
             of
             the
             Uncircumcision
             ;
             and
             that
             after
             
             Cletus's
             death
             they
             all
             grew
             in
             one
             ,
             and
             submitted
             to
             Clemens
             .
             However
             ,
             it
             is
             clear
             that
             in
             every
             Church
             there
             was
             but
             one
             Bishop
             :
             and
             accordingly
             was
             decreed
             ,
             
               Conc.
               
               Nic.
               Can.
            
             8.
             
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             By
             which
             stile
             we
             see
             they
             guarded
             against
             the
             disorder
             of
             two
             Bishops
             in
             a
             City
             ,
             as
             a
             thing
             undoubtedly
             irregular
             ,
             which
             hath
             been
             accounted
             so
             before
             that
             time
             :
             so
             that
             this
             of
             
               one
               Bishop
               in
               a
               City
            
             ,
             is
             not
             to
             be
             accounted
             an
             act
             of
             that
             Council
             ;
             but
             a
             reference
             to
             some
             former
             act
             ,
             or
             at
             least
             an
             universally
             received
             practice
             .
             Yet
             the
             first
             succession
             of
             the
             Bishops
             of
             Rome
             ,
             tho
             always
             perplexed
             ,
             is
             much
             more
             so
             ,
             from
             the
             most
             learned
             Vossius
             (
             his
             Observations
             in
             his
             Letter
             to
             Rivet
             ,
             subjoined
             to
             Doctor
             Pearson's
             
               Vindiciae
               of
               Ignatius
               his
               Epistles
            
             :
             )
             who
             from
             all
             the
             Manuscripts
             of
             Damasus
             his
             
               lives
               of
               the
               Popes
            
             ,
             informs
             us
             ,
             that
             S.
             Peter
             did
             ordain
             both
             Linus
             and
             Cletus
             Bishops
             of
             Rome
             :
             and
             after
             some
             enquiry
             into
             the
             matter
             ,
             he
             concludes
             ,
             that
             at
             first
             there
             were
             three
             Bishops
             in
             Rome
             at
             once
             ,
             
               Linus
               ,
               Cletus
               ,
               Anencletus
            
             .
             In
             the
             next
             Succession
             ,
             he
             places
             
               Cletus
               ,
               Anencletus
            
             and
             Clemens
             ;
             but
             Anencletus
             surviving
             both
             the
             other
             ,
             sate
             alone
             at
             Rome
             :
             after
             whom
             there
             was
             but
             one
             Bishop
             there
             .
             Yet
             I
             know
             not
             if
             Damasus
             ought
             to
             have
             such
             authority
             ,
             that
             upon
             his
             testimony
             we
             are
             bound
             to
             believe
             a
             thing
             so
             different
             from
             the
             accounts
             given
             by
             elder
             and
             more
             unquestioned
             Writers
             .
          
           
             All
             ambitus
             was
             condemned
             in
             Bishops
             ;
             but
             it
             seems
             that
             in
             
             Nazianzen's
             time
             it
             was
             too
             
             common
             :
             For
             he
             in
             his
             Apologetick
             regrates
             how
             some
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             
               tanquam
               non
               virtutis
               exemplum
               ,
               sed
               victûs
               parandi
               occasionem
               &
               subsidium
               hunc
               ordinem
               esse
               judicantes
               :
               ac
               non
               munus
               referendis
               rationibus
               obnoxium
               ,
               sed
               imperium
               ab
               omni
               censurâ
               immune
               .
            
             And
             a
             little
             after
             :
             
               Prius
               fere
               quam
               primam
               comam
               abjecetimus
               ,
               puerilique
               more
               balbutire
               desierimus
               .
               —
               Si
               duo
               aut
               tria
               pia
               verba
               didicerimus
               ,
               eaque
               non
               ex
               lectione
               ,
               sed
               ex
               sola
               auditione
               bausta
               ,
               an
               t
               Davidi
               paulum
               operae
               dederimus
               ,
               aut
               pallium
               scite
               contraxerimus
               ,
               aut
               zonâ
               tenus
               philosophati
               fuerimus
               ,
               pietatis
               quandam
               speciem
               nobis
               illinentes
               ,
               ô
               praefecturam
               !
               ô
               elatum
               animum
               !
               Justinian
               .
               Const.
               Nov.
            
             137.
             cap.
             1.
             complains
             ,
             that
             
               absque
               examinatione
               ,
               atque
               honestatis
               vitae
               testimonio
               ordinantur
               Episcopi
               ,
               Presbyteri
               ,
               &
               Diaconi
               ,
               &c.
               
            
             And
             there
             divers
             places
             out
             of
             
             Nazianzen's
             Apologetick
             are
             cited
             ,
             to
             shew
             that
             Ordination
             should
             be
             gone
             about
             
               cum
               omni
               diligentiâ
               atque
               rigore
               ,
               Cad
               .
               de
               Epis.
               &
               Cler.
               leg
               .
            
             31.
             
             
               Tantum
               ab
               ambitu
               debet
               esse
               sepositus
               ,
               ut
               quaeratur
               cogendus
               ,
               rogatus
               recedat
               ,
               invitatus
               effugiat
               ,
               sola
               sibi
               suffragetur
               necessitas
               excusandi
               .
               Profecto
               enim
               est
               .
               indignus
               Sacerdotio
               ,
               nisi
               fuerit
               invitatus
               ,
               invitus
               .
            
          
           
             Chrysostom
             in
             his
             third
             Book
             
               de
               Sacerdotio
               ,
               cap.
            
             10.
             among
             the
             qualifications
             of
             a
             Bishop
             ,
             reckons
             for
             a
             chief
             one
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             
               Nam
               
               si
               ad
               eum
               principatum
               adipiscendum
               vehementi
               animi
               affectu
               rapietur
               ,
               eo
               adepto
               impotentiorem
               sane
               suae
               ambitionis
               flammam
               incendet
               :
               ac
               vi
               tandem
               captus
               ,
               ut
               sibi
               adeptum
               honorem
               stabiliat
               ,
               nulli
               non
               peccato
               serviet
               :
               seu
               adulandum
               ,
               seu
               servile
               quidpiam
               atque
               indignum
               sustinendum
               ,
               seu
               res
               magno
               pecuniae
               sumptu
               tentanda
               :
               nam
               quod
               nonnulli
               caedibus
               Ecclesias
               compleverint
               ,
               contaminarintque
               tum
               ejus
               honoris
               gratiâ
               depugnantes
               ,
               civitates
               aliquot
               funditus
               everterunt
               dicere
               hic
               praetermitto
               ,
               ne
               quibusdam
               videar
               ea
               in
               medium
               afferre
               quae
               fide
               majora
               sunt
               .
            
             And
             to
             preoccupy
             the
             objection
             from
             1
             Tim.
             1.3
             .
             he
             adds
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             And
             among
             other
             advantages
             of
             one
             who
             wants
             this
             too
             forward
             desire
             ,
             he
             reckons
             this
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             And
             with
             a
             great
             deal
             of
             ingenuity
             ,
             he
             confesseth
             how
             strong
             that
             unlawful
             desire
             was
             in
             himself
             ,
             which
             frighted
             him
             from
             entering
             in
             holy
             Orders
             .
          
           
             How
             far
             Nazianzen
             was
             from
             all
             ambitus
             ,
             the
             whole
             tract
             of
             his
             life
             doth
             fully
             discover
             .
             He
             was
             no
             sooner
             ordained
             a
             Presbyter
             ,
             than
             he
             with
             his
             friend
             Basile
             ,
             at
             that
             time
             likewise
             ordained
             ,
             fled
             to
             Pontus
             ,
             where
             they
             lived
             a
             great
             while
             ,
             purifying
             their
             souls
             in
             the
             exercise
             of
             prayer
             and
             mortification
             .
             After
             which
             they
             returned
             home
             .
             Nazianzen
             out
             of
             compassion
             to
             his
             Father
             who
             pressed
             his
             return
             ,
             and
             Basile
             
             out
             of
             zeal
             to
             Religion
             ,
             and
             the
             Church
             then
             out
             of
             zeal
             to
             Religion
             ,
             and
             the
             Church
             then
             over-run
             with
             Arrians
             ;
             S.
             Basile
             by
             the
             means
             of
             old
             Nazianzen
             ,
             was
             chosen
             and
             ordained
             Biship
             of
             Cesarea
             ,
             and
             he
             ordained
             Nazianzen
             Bishop
             of
             Sasime
             :
             but
             he
             ,
             what
             through
             his
             love
             of
             retirement
             ,
             what
             because
             Sasime
             being
             a
             stage
             of
             the
             Waggoners
             ,
             was
             full
             of
             stirs
             and
             disorders
             ,
             immediately
             left
             that
             place
             ,
             in
             which
             he
             was
             set
             against
             his
             heart
             .
             And
             some
             say
             that
             he
             never
             ordained
             any
             in
             it
             ,
             nor
             consecrated
             the
             Eucharist
             while
             he
             was
             there
             :
             neither
             could
             ever
             his
             Father
             obtain
             of
             him
             to
             return
             to
             it
             .
             And
             when
             his
             Father
             dealt
             earnestly
             with
             him
             ,
             not
             without
             threatning
             of
             imprecations
             ,
             that
             he
             would
             accept
             the
             charge
             of
             Nazianzen
             in
             his
             old
             age
             ,
             he
             with
             great
             aversion
             yielded
             to
             his
             entreaty
             ,
             declaring
             he
             would
             stay
             no
             longer
             there
             than
             his
             Father
             lived
             .
             During
             which
             time
             ,
             he
             managed
             that
             See
             with
             a
             great
             deal
             of
             success
             and
             applause
             :
             but
             after
             his
             Father
             died
             ,
             which
             was
             in
             the
             hundred
             year
             of
             his
             age
             ,
             he
             continued
             a
             little
             longer
             there
             ,
             till
             his
             Mother
             who
             survived
             her
             Husband
             sometime
             ,
             died
             also
             .
             And
             then
             he
             retired
             to
             a
             House
             of
             holy
             Virgins
             in
             Seleucia
             ,
             that
             in
             his
             absence
             they
             might
             chuse
             another
             Bishop
             ;
             but
             returning
             thither
             a
             little
             after
             ,
             he
             found
             they
             had
             chosen
             none
             ;
             yet
             he
             continued
             stiff
             as
             an
             Oak
             ,
             and
             neither
             prayers
             nor
             tears
             could
             prevail
             with
             him
             .
             Afterward
             Constantinople
             
             was
             in
             great
             disorder
             through
             the
             Heresies
             of
             was
             in
             great
             disorder
             through
             the
             Heresies
             of
             Apollinaris
             and
             Macedonius
             lately
             sprung
             up
             ,
             beside
             the
             Arrian
             ,
             which
             was
             there
             before
             :
             and
             he
             being
             inwardly
             called
             of
             God
             to
             go
             thither
             ,
             and
             prompted
             by
             his
             Friend
             Basile
             ,
             and
             invited
             by
             many
             Bishops
             ,
             and
             honourable
             Citizens
             ,
             went
             and
             laboured
             among
             them
             :
             not
             behaving
             himself
             as
             their
             Bishop
             ,
             but
             as
             a
             temporary
             Overseer
             .
             And
             though
             all
             the
             Churches
             were
             then
             possess'd
             by
             the
             Hereticks
             ,
             none
             remaining
             for
             the
             Orthodox
             ,
             save
             only
             Anastasia
             ;
             yet
             through
             his
             labours
             the
             face
             of
             affairs
             was
             quickly
             altered
             in
             Constantinople
             .
             When
             Theodosius
             came
             to
             Constantinople
             ,
             he
             possessed
             him
             of
             the
             great
             Church
             :
             and
             all
             the
             people
             desired
             that
             he
             might
             be
             enthroned
             ,
             the
             Emperour
             concurring
             with
             them
             in
             that
             :
             but
             he
             declined
             it
             :
             And
             though
             the
             Emperour
             took
             great
             pleasure
             in
             him
             ,
             yet
             he
             went
             seldom
             to
             the
             Palace
             .
             Then
             was
             the
             second
             
               General
               Council
            
             called
             to
             Constantinople
             ,
             and
             he
             was
             by
             the
             authority
             of
             Miletus
             Bishop
             of
             Antioch
             (
             of
             whom
             we
             made
             mention
             before
             )
             confirmed
             in
             the
             Bishoprick
             of
             Constantinople
             by
             the
             Council
             .
             But
             after
             this
             ,
             there
             arose
             some
             contention
             by
             Timotheus
             Bishop
             of
             Alexandria
             ,
             who
             came
             later
             to
             the
             Council
             ,
             and
             alledged
             upon
             the
             prerogative
             of
             his
             See
             ,
             that
             that
             matter
             should
             not
             have
             been
             decided
             without
             him
             .
             Upon
             this
             ,
             hot
             and
             
             sharp
             contentions
             arose
             among
             the
             Bishops
             ,
             not
             so
             much
             out
             of
             any
             displeasure
             they
             had
             at
             Nazianzen
             ,
             as
             out
             of
             their
             mutual
             jealousies
             ,
             though
             he
             that
             writes
             his
             life
             ,
             faith
             ,
             that
             this
             was
             occasioned
             by
             Miletus
             his
             death
             .
             But
             therein
             he
             was
             mistaken
             ;
             for
             Miletus
             out-lived
             not
             only
             this
             action
             ,
             and
             gave
             the
             lift
             to
             Theodosius
             of
             those
             who
             were
             designed
             to
             succeed
             him
             (
             
               Sozom.
               lib.
            
             7.
             cap.
             8.
             )
             but
             he
             also
             out-lived
             the
             Council
             ,
             and
             subscribed
             its
             acts
             ,
             and
             died
             a
             little
             after
             that
             in
             Constantinople
             .
             Upon
             this
             contention
             ,
             Nazianzen
             finding
             many
             of
             those
             who
             had
             before
             established
             him
             ,
             beginning
             to
             resile
             ,
             told
             them
             how
             at
             first
             he
             had
             refused
             that
             Government
             ,
             tho
             the
             Church
             there
             had
             been
             by
             his
             labours
             and
             pains
             setled
             ,
             and
             enlarged
             ;
             but
             for
             that
             he
             expected
             his
             reward
             from
             GOD
             :
             yet
             it
             seemed
             strange
             to
             him
             ,
             that
             after
             he
             had
             been
             forced
             to
             accept
             of
             it
             ,
             out
             of
             his
             love
             to
             the
             Flock
             ,
             and
             pressed
             to
             it
             with
             their
             united
             suffrages
             ,
             they
             should
             now
             think
             of
             undoing
             what
             themselves
             had
             done
             .
             This
             he
             said
             ,
             not
             that
             he
             desired
             Riches
             ,
             or
             the
             nobleness
             of
             that
             Seat
             ,
             and
             to
             be
             called
             
               Bishop
               of
               the
               Imperial
               City
            
             :
             But
             he
             confessed
             ,
             the
             loss
             of
             his
             Children
             could
             not
             but
             affect
             him
             :
             besides
             ,
             he
             feared
             they
             might
             seem
             to
             proceed
             out
             of
             envy
             or
             lenitv
             .
             However
             ,
             if
             they
             desired
             it
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             
               —
               Mihi
               quidem
               solitudo
               &
               olim
               chara
               fuit
               &
               nunc
               
               eft
            
             :
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             Whereupon
             he
             went
             out
             ,
             and
             retired
             from
             the
             house
             wherein
             he
             dwelt
             ,
             to
             one
             more
             secret
             .
             But
             many
             of
             the
             people
             flocked
             about
             him
             ,
             and
             with
             tears
             besought
             him
             to
             have
             compassion
             on
             them
             :
             yet
             he
             finding
             the
             dissention
             about
             him
             growing
             hotter
             among
             the
             Bishops
             ,
             went
             again
             to
             the
             Council
             ,
             and
             charged
             them
             by
             the
             holy
             Trinity
             ,
             that
             they
             would
             compose
             their
             differences
             peaceably
             ,
             adding
             :
             
               But
               if
               I
               seem
               the
               occasion
               of
               any
               dissention
               among
               you
               ,
               I
               am
               not
               more
               worthy
               than
               the
               Prophet
            
             Jonas
             :
             
               throw
               me
               in
               the
               sea
               ,
               and
               these
               raging
               billows
               shall
               quickly
               be
               calmed
               ,
               since
               I
               shall
               choose
               any
               thing
               you
               please
               ,
               so
               if
               I
               be
               innocent
               ,
               for
               drawing
               you
               to
               agreement
               on
               my
               account
               .
            
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             After
             which
             he
             went
             to
             the
             Emperor
             ,
             and
             with
             great
             earnestness
             begged
             his
             permission
             to
             retire
             :
             which
             having
             obtained
             ,
             he
             called
             the
             Clergy
             and
             people
             together
             ,
             and
             with
             many
             tears
             took
             leave
             of
             them
             ,
             charging
             them
             to
             continue
             stedfast
             in
             the
             faith
             .
             This
             being
             done
             ,
             he
             retired
             to
             Arianze
             ,
             a
             Village
             of
             Cappadocia
             ,
             which
             belonged
             to
             him
             by
             inheritance
             ,
             and
             continued
             in
             his
             retirement
             ,
             giving
             himself
             to
             his
             Poetry
             ,
             till
             he
             died
             in
             an
             old
             age
             .
          
           
             That
             which
             next
             occurs
             to
             be
             considered
             is
             ,
             in
             what
             places
             Bishopricks
             were
             founded
             ,
             and
             
             Bishops
             setled
             .
             We
             find
             in
             all
             Cities
             where
             the
             Gospel
             was
             planted
             ,
             and
             Churches
             constituted
             ,
             that
             Bishops
             were
             also
             ordained
             .
             Among
             the
             Jews
             ,
             where
             ever
             there
             were
             an
             hundred
             and
             twenty
             of
             them
             together
             ,
             there
             did
             they
             erect
             a
             Synagogue
             .
             Compare
             with
             this
             Acts
             I.
             15.
             where
             the
             number
             of
             those
             that
             constituted
             the
             first
             Christian
             Church
             ,
             is
             the
             same
             .
             So
             it
             is
             like
             where
             ever
             there
             was
             a
             competent
             number
             of
             Christians
             together
             ,
             that
             a
             Church
             was
             there
             setled
             .
          
           
             Yet
             in
             some
             Villages
             there
             were
             Churches
             and
             Bishops
             ;
             so
             there
             was
             a
             Bishop
             in
             Bethany
             :
             And
             S.
             Paul
             tells
             of
             the
             Church
             of
             Cenchrea
             ,
             which
             was
             the
             port
             of
             Corinth
             .
             It
             is
             true
             ,
             some
             think
             that
             the
             Church
             of
             Corinth
             met
             there
             .
             So
             these
             of
             Philippi
             went
             out
             of
             the
             City
             by
             a
             River
             side
             to
             prayer
             ,
             Acts
             16.13
             .
             But
             we
             find
             Acts
             18.
             that
             there
             was
             a
             Synagogue
             in
             Corinth
             ,
             and
             that
             S.
             Paul
             stayed
             in
             the
             House
             of
             Justus
             ,
             near
             the
             Synagogue
             :
             and
             therefore
             there
             is
             no
             reason
             to
             think
             that
             the
             Christians
             should
             have
             had
             their
             meeting
             without
             the
             City
             ,
             since
             there
             was
             no
             persecution
             then
             stirring
             :
             and
             neither
             in
             the
             Acts
             ,
             nor
             in
             any
             of
             the
             Epistles
             ,
             is
             there
             mention
             made
             of
             their
             going
             out
             to
             Cenchrea
             .
             Therefore
             it
             is
             probable
             that
             the
             Church
             of
             Cenchrea
             was
             distinct
             from
             Corinth
             :
             and
             since
             they
             had
             Phebe
             for
             their
             Deaconness
             ,
             it
             is
             not
             to
             be
             doubted
             
             but
             they
             had
             both
             Bishops
             and
             Deacons
             .
          
           
             From
             the
             several
             Cities
             the
             Gospel
             was
             dilated
             and
             propagated
             to
             the
             places
             round
             about
             .
             But
             in
             some
             Countries
             we
             find
             the
             Bishopricks
             very
             thick
             set
             .
             They
             were
             pretty
             throng
             in
             Africk
             ,
             for
             at
             a
             Conference
             which
             Augustine
             and
             the
             Bishops
             of
             that
             Province
             had
             with
             the
             Donarists
             ,
             there
             were
             of
             Bishops
             two
             hundred
             eighty
             six
             present
             ,
             and
             one
             hundred
             and
             twenty
             absent
             ,
             and
             sixty
             Sees
             were
             then
             vacant
             ,
             which
             make
             in
             all
             four
             hundred
             sixty
             and
             six
             :
             There
             were
             also
             two
             hundred
             seventy
             nine
             of
             the
             Donarists
             Bishops
             .
             
               Sozom.
               lib.
            
             7.
             
               hist.
               cap.
            
             19.
             speaking
             how
             differently
             constituted
             some
             Churches
             were
             ,
             he
             tells
             how
             in
             Scythia
             ,
             though
             there
             were
             many
             Cities
             ,
             yet
             there
             was
             but
             one
             Bishop
             .
             But
             in
             other
             Nations
             there
             were
             Bishops
             even
             in
             their
             Villages
             ,
             as
             he
             knew
             to
             be
             among
             the
             Arabians
             and
             
               Cyprians
               .
               Theodoret
            
             tells
             ,
             that
             there
             were
             eight
             hundred
             Parishes
             within
             his
             Diocese
             ,
             Epist.
             113.
             
             But
             it
             is
             to
             be
             observed
             ,
             that
             in
             those
             places
             where
             the
             Gospel
             was
             latest
             of
             planting
             ,
             the
             Bishopricks
             are
             fewer
             ,
             and
             consequently
             larger
             .
             It
             is
             reported
             that
             in
             the
             vast
             tract
             of
             the
             Abyssin
             Churches
             ,
             there
             is
             one
             only
             Bishop
             at
             
               Abuna
               .
               Balsamon
            
             on
             the
             57.
             
             Canon
             of
             Laodicea
             tells
             ,
             that
             at
             that
             time
             in
             some
             Churches
             of
             the
             East
             ,
             it
             was
             neither
             safe
             nor
             expedient
             for
             them
             to
             have
             Bishops
             :
             and
             they
             were
             
             supplied
             by
             Visiters
             ,
             sent
             them
             from
             other
             Bishops
             ,
             so
             that
             they
             had
             no
             Bishops
             of
             their
             own
             :
             which
             was
             occasioned
             both
             by
             their
             poverty
             ,
             and
             the
             smalness
             of
             their
             number
             ,
             yet
             they
             were
             under
             the
             care
             and
             charge
             of
             other
             Bishops
             .
             Some
             Churches
             lay
             long
             vacant
             and
             without
             Bishops
             .
             In
             Carthage
             ,
             when
             Hunnerick
             invaded
             them
             ,
             they
             wanted
             a
             Bishop
             twenty
             four
             years
             :
             and
             he
             offering
             them
             one
             ,
             providing
             the
             Arrians
             might
             have
             the
             free
             exercise
             of
             their
             Religion
             among
             them
             ,
             they
             answered
             ,
             that
             upon
             these
             terms
             
               Ecclesia
               non
               delectatur
               Episcopum
               habere
            
             ,
             so
             
               Victor
               lib.
               2.
               pers
               .
               V
               and.
            
             When
             Miletus
             was
             driven
             out
             of
             Antioch
             ,
             for
             ten
             years
             together
             Diodorus
             and
             Flavian
             two
             Presbyters
             ruled
             that
             Church
             ,
             
               Theodor.
               lib.
            
             4.
             
               hist.
               cap.
            
             23.
             
             Some
             places
             are
             alledged
             to
             have
             had
             the
             Gospel
             long
             before
             there
             were
             Bishops
             among
             them
             ,
             and
             particularly
             Scotland
             ,
             for
             
               Major
               lib.
            
             2.
             cap.
             2.
             faith
             ,
             
               per
               Sacerdotes
               &
               Monachos
               ,
               sine
               Episcopis
               Scoti
               in
               fide
               eruditi
               erant
               .
            
             The
             time
             of
             our
             conversion
             to
             the
             faith
             is
             reckoned
             to
             have
             been
             An.
             263.
             
             And
             Palladius
             reckoned
             the
             first
             Bishop
             came
             not
             for
             an
             hundred
             and
             seventy
             years
             after
             that
             in
             the
             year
             430.
             
             Fordown
             in
             his
             
               Chronicle
               ,
               lib.
            
             3.
             cap.
             8.
             faith
             ,
             
               Ante
               Palladii
               adventum
               habebant
               Scoti
               fidei
               Doctores
               ,
               &
               Sacramentorum
               administratores
               ,
               Presbyteros
               solum
               ,
               vel
               Monachos
               ritum
               sequentes
               Ecclesiae
               primitivae
               .
            
             
             These
             were
             called
             Culdes
             ,
             though
             in
             some
             Bulls
             they
             be
             
               Celli
               Dei.
               Boethius
            
             thinks
             it
             is
             
               Culdei
               ,
               quasi
               cultores
               Dei
            
             :
             but
             others
             judg
             that
             it
             is
             from
             the
             Cells
             wherein
             they
             lived
             ,
             which
             were
             held
             in
             great
             esteem
             ,
             and
             after
             their
             death
             were
             turned
             into
             Churches
             :
             and
             from
             thence
             they
             think
             the
             name
             Kil
             is
             to
             this
             day
             so
             much
             used
             ,
             as
             
               Kilpatrick
               ,
               Kilmarnock
               ,
               Kilbride
            
             ,
             &c.
             
             Of
             these
             Boethius
             saith
             ,
             That
             by
             common
             suffrage
             ,
             they
             made
             choice
             of
             one
             of
             their
             number
             to
             be
             chief
             over
             them
             ,
             who
             was
             called
             
               Episcopus
               Scotorum
            
             :
             so
             lib.
             6.
             fol.
             92.
             
             This
             is
             contradicted
             by
             
               Buchanan
               lib.
            
             5.
             who
             faith
             ,
             That
             before
             Palladius
             his
             coming
             ,
             
               Ecclesiae
               absque
               Episcopis
               per
               Monachos
               regebantur
               ,
               minori
               quidem
               cum
               fastu
               ,
               &
               externâ
               pompâ
               ,
               sed
               majore
               simplicitate
               &
               sanctimoniâ
               .
            
             But
             all
             our
             old
             Manuscripts
             being
             gone
             ,
             it
             will
             not
             be
             easie
             to
             come
             to
             a
             decision
             about
             this
             matter
             .
             The
             Gothick
             Churches
             are
             said
             to
             have
             been
             planted
             and
             constituted
             before
             Ulphilas
             their
             first
             Bishop
             came
             unto
             them
             for
             seventy
             years
             together
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             beginning
             the
             Bishop's
             whole
             charge
             was
             called
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             and
             by
             the
             strain
             of
             Ignatius
             his
             Epistles
             ,
             especially
             that
             to
             Smyrna
             ,
             it
             would
             appear
             ,
             that
             there
             was
             but
             one
             Church
             ,
             at
             least
             but
             one
             place
             ,
             where
             there
             was
             one
             Altar
             and
             Communion
             in
             each
             of
             these
             Parishes
             :
             for
             he
             saith
             ,
             There
             was
             one
             Bishop
             ,
             one
             Church
             ,
             and
             
             one
             Altar
             .
             And
             Cyprian
             phraseth
             the
             erecting
             of
             a
             Schism
             ,
             by
             the
             erecting
             of
             an
             Altar
             against
             an
             Altar
             :
             which
             seems
             to
             import
             ,
             that
             there
             was
             but
             one
             Altar
             in
             the
             Bishops
             Parish
             .
             While
             the
             number
             of
             the
             Christians
             was
             but
             small
             ,
             they
             might
             well
             have
             all
             met
             together
             in
             one
             place
             ;
             but
             as
             they
             increased
             ,
             and
             the
             persecutions
             grew
             upon
             them
             ,
             they
             must
             have
             had
             several
             meeting
             places
             ,
             and
             consequently
             several
             persons
             to
             preside
             and
             officiate
             in
             these
             meetings
             .
             But
             Damasus
             and
             Platina
             reckon
             ,
             that
             Evaristus
             who
             was
             Bishop
             of
             Rome
             about
             the
             106
             year
             ,
             was
             the
             first
             ,
             
               qui
               titulos
               in
               urbe
               Româ
               Presbyteris
               divisit
               :
            
             so
             that
             before
             his
             time
             ,
             the
             Presbyters
             have
             all
             officiated
             here
             or
             there
             indefinitely
             according
             to
             the
             Bishop's
             appointment
             .
             And
             Evaristus
             seems
             to
             have
             given
             them
             assignments
             to
             particular
             places
             .
             As
             for
             the
             meaning
             of
             the
             word
             Tituli
             ,
             it
             is
             to
             be
             considered
             that
             the
             Christians
             met
             about
             the
             places
             where
             the
             Martyrs
             were
             buried
             ,
             and
             so
             their
             meeting
             places
             were
             called
             
               Memoriae
               Martyrum
            
             .
             Now
             upon
             Burials
             some
             title
             or
             inscription
             being
             usually
             made
             ,
             it
             followed
             that
             the
             place
             of
             the
             burial
             or
             Gravestone
             was
             called
             Titulus
             among
             the
             Latins
             :
             so
             Gen.
             35.20
             .
             
             Jacob's
             erecting
             a
             Pillar
             upon
             Rachels
             Grave
             ,
             is
             rendred
             by
             the
             vulgar
             
               Latin
               ,
               erexit
               titulum
               super
               sepulchrum
               :
            
             and
             Gen.
             28.18
             of
             
             Jacob's
             stone
             at
             Bethel
             ,
             it
             is
             said
             ,
             
               erexit
               in
               titulum
            
             ,
             and
             2
             Sam.
             18.
             
             
             Absalom
             his
             Pillar
             is
             called
             Titulus
             :
             Hence
             it
             is
             that
             Evaristus
             his
             dividing
             of
             the
             titles
             is
             to
             be
             understood
             of
             his
             giving
             particular
             assignments
             of
             several
             Churches
             to
             Presbyters
             .
          
           
             The
             next
             thing
             to
             be
             examined
             is
             ,
             what
             were
             the
             actions
             appropriated
             to
             Bishops
             .
             If
             we
             believe
             Ierome
             ,
             the
             Bishop
             did
             nothing
             which
             Presbyters
             might
             not
             do
             ,
             except
             Ordination
             :
             By
             which
             we
             see
             ,
             that
             he
             judged
             Ordination
             could
             not
             be
             done
             without
             the
             Bishop
             .
             Athanasius
             in
             his
             second
             Apology
             inserts
             among
             other
             papers
             ,
             an
             Epistle
             of
             the
             Synod
             of
             Alexandria
             ,
             mentioning
             that
             Ischyras
             his
             Ordination
             by
             Coluthus
             being
             questioned
             and
             examined
             ,
             and
             it
             being
             found
             that
             Coluthus
             had
             never
             been
             ordained
             a
             Bishop
             ,
             but
             that
             he
             had
             falsly
             pretended
             to
             that
             Title
             and
             Character
             ,
             all
             the
             Ordinations
             made
             by
             him
             were
             annulled
             :
             and
             Ischyras
             with
             such
             others
             who
             were
             so
             ordained
             ,
             were
             declared
             Laicks
             .
             Which
             is
             an
             undeniable
             instance
             ,
             that
             at
             that
             time
             ,
             it
             was
             the
             general
             sense
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             that
             none
             but
             a
             Bishop
             might
             ordain
             .
             Neither
             in
             any
             Author
             do
             we
             meet
             with
             an
             instance
             of
             any
             that
             were
             ordained
             by
             Presbyters
             ,
             save
             one
             ,
             that
             Cassian
             ,
             who
             was
             about
             the
             500.
             year
             ,
             Collat.
             4.
             cap.
             1.
             gives
             of
             one
             Paphnutius
             a
             Presbyter
             in
             the
             Desert
             of
             Scetis
             ,
             who
             delighting
             in
             the
             Vertues
             of
             one
             
               Daniel
               ,
               ut
               quem
               vitae
               meritis
               &
               gratiâ
               sibi
               parem
               noverat
               ,
               coaequare
               sibi
               
               etiam
               Sacerdotii
               ordine
               festinaret
               .
               —
               Eum
               Presbyterii
               honori
               provexit
               .
            
             But
             what
             a
             few
             devout
             solitaries
             might
             do
             in
             a
             desert
             and
             undiscerned
             corner
             ,
             will
             be
             no
             precedent
             for
             a
             constituted
             Church
             :
             else
             we
             may
             allow
             of
             Baptism
             with
             sand
             ,
             for
             that
             was
             once
             done
             in
             a
             Desert
             .
          
           
             But
             Socrates
             had
             another
             Opinion
             of
             this
             ,
             who
             lib.
             1.
             cap.
             27.
             tells
             ,
             that
             Ischyras
             did
             a
             thin
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             And
             in
             the
             third
             Council
             of
             Toledo
             ,
             set
             down
             by
             
               Gratian
               ,
               dist
            
             .
             23.
             cap.
             14.
             this
             Canon
             was
             made
             .
             
               Quorundam
               Clericorum
               dum
               unus
               ad
               Presbyterium
               duo
               ad
               Levitarum
               ministerium
               sacrarentur
               ,
               Episcopus
               oculorum
               dolore
               detentus
               ,
               fertur
               manum
               suam
               super
               eos
               tantum
               imposuisse
               ,
               &
               Presbyter
               quidam
               illis
               contra
               Ecclesiasticum
               ordinem
               benedictionem
               dedisse
               ,
               sed
               quia
               jam
               ille
               examini
               divino
               relictus
               ,
               humano
               judicio
               accusari
               non
               potest
               ,
               ii
               qui
               supersunt
               gradum
               Sacerdotii
               vel
               Levitici
               ordinis
               quem
               perverse
               adepti
               sunt
               ,
               amittant
               .
            
             By
             which
             we
             see
             how
             far
             they
             were
             from
             allowing
             of
             any
             Ordination
             ,
             wherein
             a
             Bishop
             had
             not
             intervened
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             further
             clear
             ,
             that
             the
             Bishop
             was
             looked
             upon
             as
             the
             Pastor
             of
             the
             Flock
             ,
             who
             was
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             and
             that
             Presbyters
             or
             Deacons
             could
             finish
             nothing
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             and
             that
             he
             was
             to
             give
             an
             account
             of
             the
             Souls
             of
             the
             people
             :
             and
             indeed
             in
             these
             
             days
             a
             Bishoprick
             was
             onus
             more
             than
             honos
             .
             The
             common
             treasury
             of
             the
             Church
             was
             also
             committed
             to
             his
             care
             ,
             so
             
               infra
               Can.
            
             4.
             
             And
             as
             the
             Offerings
             of
             the
             faithful
             were
             laid
             down
             at
             the
             Apostles
             feet
             ,
             Acts
             4.3.4
             .
             so
             were
             the
             collectae
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             goods
             of
             the
             Church
             laid
             in
             their
             hands
             .
             For
             all
             the
             goods
             os
             the
             Church
             and
             collectae
             ,
             were
             at
             first
             deposited
             in
             the
             Bishop's
             hand
             ,
             and
             distributed
             by
             him
             ,
             tho
             afterwards
             there
             was
             an
             OEconomus
             appointed
             for
             that
             work
             .
          
           
             
               Ignatius
               Epist.
               ad
               Magnes
            
             .
             tells
             ,
             that
             they
             were
             to
             do
             nothing
             without
             their
             Bishop
             .
             And
             
               ad
               Smyrn
            
             .
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             And
             5.
             
             Canon
             of
             Laodicea
             ,
             they
             might
             no
             nothing
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             
               Idem
               .
               Can.
            
             19.
             
             Arel
             .
             1.
             
          
           
             As
             for
             Baptism
             ,
             
               Tertull
               ,
               de
               bapt
            
             .
             saith
             ,
             
               Dandi
               quidem
               jus
               habet
               summus
               Sacerdos
               ,
               qui
               &
               Episcopus
               ,
               dehinc
               Presbyteri
               &
               Diaconi
               ,
               non
               quidem
               sine
               Episcopi
               authoritate
               ,
               propter
               Ecclesiae
               bonum
               ,
               quo
               salvo
               salva
               pax
               est
               ,
               alioquin
               laicis
               etiam
               jus
               est
               .
               Firmilian
               ad
               Cyprianum
               ,
            
             which
             is
             reckoned
             the
             75.
             among
             Cyprian
             his
             Epistles
             ,
             faith
             ,
             
               Majores
               natu
            
             (
             and
             by
             what
             is
             a
             little
             after
             ,
             where
             he
             calls
             these
             Bishops
             ,
             it
             is
             clear
             he
             means
             not
             of
             Presbyters
             )
             
               in
               Ecclesiâ
               praesidebant
               ,
               &
               baptizandi
               ,
               &
               manum
               imponendi
               ,
               &
               ordinandi
               ,
               potestatem
               possidebant
               .
               Pacian
               .
               serm
               .
               de
               Bapt.
               Lavacro
               peccata
               
               purgantur
               ,
               Chrismate
               spiritus
               super
               funditur
               ,
               utraque
               ,
               purgantur
               ,
               Chrismate
               spiritus
               super
               funditur
               ,
               utraque
               ,
               vero
               ist
               a
               manu
               &
               ore
               Antistitis
               impetramus
               .
            
             And
             even
             Ierome
             himself
             
               contra
               Luciferianos
            
             ,
             saith
             ,
             
               Sine
               Chrismate
               &
               Episcopi
               jussione
               ,
               neque
               Presbyter
               ,
               neque
               Diaconus
               jus
               habent
               baptizandi
               .
            
             By
             all
             which
             we
             see
             ,
             that
             Baptism
             was
             chiefly
             the
             Bishop's
             work
             ,
             and
             that
             the
             Presbyters
             did
             not
             baptize
             without
             his
             order
             .
          
           
             As
             for
             the
             Eucharist
             ,
             
               Ignatius
               ad
               Smyrnenses
            
             ,
             saith
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             And
             a
             little
             after
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             Iustin
             in
             his
             second
             Apol.
             giving
             the
             account
             of
             their
             Eucharist
             and
             whole
             service
             ,
             reckons
             all
             to
             have
             been
             managed
             by
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             And
             
               Tert.
               de
               cor
               .
               mil.
               Non
               de
               aliorum
               quam
               praesidentium
               manibus
               sumimus
               .
            
             But
             all
             this
             is
             very
             unjustly
             applied
             by
             such
             as
             would
             pretend
             to
             the
             whole
             Ecclesiastical
             Authority
             ;
             but
             would
             exempt
             themselves
             from
             the
             great
             labor
             of
             it
             .
             For
             it
             is
             clear
             ,
             that
             according
             to
             the
             primitive
             constitution
             ,
             the
             Bishop
             was
             the
             immediate
             Pastor
             of
             the
             flock
             ,
             and
             the
             Presbyters
             were
             assumed
             by
             him
             
               in
               partem
               sollicitudinis
            
             :
             the
             greatest
             of
             the
             load
             still
             lying
             on
             his
             own
             shoulders
             ,
             and
             this
             might
             have
             been
             some
             way
             managed
             by
             him
             ,
             where
             the
             Dioceses
             were
             smaller
             .
             But
             the
             enlarging
             of
             the
             Dioceses
             hath
             wholly
             altered
             the
             figure
             of
             Primitive
             Episcopacy
             .
             All
             that
             the
             Bishop
             
             can
             now
             do
             being
             to
             try
             entrants
             well
             ,
             and
             oversee
             these
             that
             are
             in
             charge
             ;
             which
             ought
             not
             to
             be
             performed
             either
             by
             these
             overly
             visitations
             in
             Synods
             ,
             or
             by
             a
             pompous
             procession
             through
             the
             Diocese
             ,
             but
             by
             a
             strict
             and
             severe
             Examen
             both
             of
             their
             lives
             and
             labors
             ,
             performed
             in
             such
             visitations
             ,
             as
             are
             sutable
             to
             the
             simplicity
             and
             humility
             of
             the
             Gospel
             .
          
           
             As
             for
             Preaching
             ,
             it
             was
             ordinary
             at
             first
             ,
             even
             for
             persons
             not
             ordained
             to
             preach
             ,
             not
             to
             mention
             that
             of
             the
             Corinthians
             ,
             where
             
               every
               one
               brought
               his
               Psalm
               ,
               his
               interpretation
               ,
               or
               his
               doctrine
               to
               the
               Meeting
               ,
            
             which
             may
             be
             called
             Extraordinary
             ;
             under
             which
             notion
             ,
             most
             reject
             everything
             in
             Scripture
             that
             doth
             not
             please
             them
             .
             But
             this
             continued
             longer
             in
             the
             Church
             .
             
               Euseb.
               lib.
            
             6.
             
               hist.
               cap.
            
             20.
             tells
             ,
             that
             Origen
             before
             he
             had
             gotten
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             (
             mark
             how
             this
             word
             stands
             here
             for
             the
             order
             and
             degree
             of
             Presbyterat
             )
             was
             invited
             earnestly
             by
             the
             Bishops
             not
             only
             to
             dispute
             ,
             but
             also
             to
             expound
             the
             Scriptures
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             
               In
               the
               publick
               assembly
               of
               the
               Church
               .
            
             For
             the
             vindication
             whereof
             Alexander
             Bishop
             of
             Ierusalem
             ,
             and
             Theoctistus
             Bishop
             of
             Cesarea
             ,
             wrote
             to
             Demetrius
             Bishop
             of
             Alexandria
             thus
             :
             
               Quod
               autem
               in
               literis
               adjunxeris
               nunquam
               antea
               auditum
               ,
               neque
               jam
               usurpatum
               ,
               ut
               Laici
               praesentibus
               Episcopis
               disputarent
               ,
               scripturásve
               exponerent
               in
               eo
               mihi
               ,
               nescio
               quo
               modo
               ,
               
               videris
               falsa
               dixisse
               :
               Nam
               ubi
               idonei
               &
               habiles
               reperiuntur
               ,
               qui
               fratribus
               in
               verbo
               DEI
               adjumento
               sint
               ,
               à
               sanctis
               Episcopis
               rogantur
               ,
               ut
               populum
               DEI
               instituant
               in
               verbo
               ,
               sicut
               Larandis
               Euelpis
               à
               Neone
               ,
               Iconii
               Paulinus
               à
               Celso
               ,
               &
               apud
               Synadas
               Theodorus
               ab
               Attico
               ,
               qui
               omnes
               beati
               ac
               pii
               fratres
               crant
               :
               ac
               verisimile
               est
               ,
               quamvis
               nobis
               obscurum
               &
               minime
               cognitum
               sit
               ,
               illud
               idem
               in
               aliis
               locis
               fieri
               .
               Tert.
            
             in
             his
             
               Apologetick
               cap.
            
             39.
             tells
             ,
             that
             
               Post
               aquam
               manualem
               &
               lumina
               ,
               quisquis
               ut
               de
               Scripturis
               sanctis
               ,
               vel
               de
               proprio
               ingenio
               potest
               provocatur
               in
               medium
               DEO
               hymnum
               canere
               .
            
             And
             of
             this
             remember
             what
             was
             before
             cited
             from
             Hilary
             the
             Deacon
             on
             the
             4th
             of
             the
             
               Ephesians
               .
               Sozom.
               lib
            
             7.
             cap.
             19.
             saith
             ,
             that
             at
             Rome
             neither
             the
             Bishop
             ,
             nor
             any
             other
             taught
             in
             the
             Church
             :
             but
             that
             in
             Alexandria
             the
             Bishop
             alone
             taught
             ,
             that
             not
             being
             allowed
             to
             any
             Presbyter
             ,
             after
             Arrius
             broached
             his
             Heresie
             .
          
           
             It
             remains
             only
             to
             be
             enquired
             who
             was
             the
             proper
             Minister
             of
             Confirmation
             .
             But
             because
             this
             whole
             matter
             of
             Confirmation
             comes
             not
             in
             so
             properly
             upon
             any
             of
             the
             other
             Canons
             ,
             I
             shall
             therefore
             examine
             all
             that
             relates
             to
             it
             here
             ,
             and
             shall
             consider
             upon
             what
             grounds
             it
             was
             used
             ,
             how
             early
             it
             was
             practiced
             ,
             with
             what
             Rites
             it
             was
             administred
             ,
             who
             was
             the
             proper
             Minister
             of
             it
             ,
             and
             for
             what
             end
             it
             was
             introduced
             ,
             and
             continued
             in
             the
             Church
             .
          
           
           
             From
             Acts
             8.15
             .
             and
             19.6
             .
             all
             the
             Fathers
             have
             pleaded
             for
             this
             Rite
             :
             for
             there
             we
             have
             the
             laying
             on
             of
             hands
             practiced
             ,
             as
             a
             Rite
             clearly
             distinct
             from
             Baptism
             :
             and
             tho
             we
             find
             the
             holy
             Ghost
             conferred
             by
             that
             imposition
             of
             hands
             ,
             thence
             it
             will
             not
             follow
             that
             that
             action
             was
             extraordinary
             ,
             and
             so
             to
             have
             expired
             with
             the
             Apostles
             :
             For
             we
             find
             extraordinary
             effects
             following
             upon
             their
             ordinary
             actions
             ,
             such
             as
             Ordination
             ,
             Excommunication
             ,
             &
             c.
             And
             yet
             none
             will
             plead
             that
             these
             actions
             are
             now
             to
             be
             disused
             ,
             because
             they
             are
             no
             more
             attended
             with
             such
             effects
             .
             But
             Heb.
             6.2
             .
             speaks
             most
             plainly
             for
             this
             ,
             where
             among
             the
             foundations
             of
             Religion
             ,
             the
             laying
             on
             of
             hands
             is
             joined
             with
             Baptisms
             :
             and
             this
             seemed
             so
             clear
             to
             Calvin
             commenting
             on
             that
             place
             ,
             that
             he
             judges
             this
             to
             have
             been
             a
             Rite
             derived
             from
             the
             Apostles
             .
          
           
             The
             constant
             Ceremony
             of
             it
             was
             that
             which
             is
             often
             mentioned
             in
             Scripture
             ,
             
               Imposition
               of
               hands
            
             .
             But
             besides
             this
             ,
             they
             began
             very
             early
             to
             use
             a
             Chrisma
             of
             consecrated
             Oil
             ,
             with
             which
             they
             anointed
             them
             in
             the
             brow
             .
             This
             it
             seems
             hath
             been
             taken
             from
             the
             mention
             that
             we
             find
             made
             of
             anointing
             ,
             2
             Cor.
             1.21
             .
             where
             some
             think
             the
             whole
             Rites
             of
             Confirmation
             are
             set
             down
             in
             these
             words
             :
             
               Now
               he
               which
               stablisheth
               us
               with
               you
               in
            
             CHRIST
             ,
             
               and
               hath
               anointed
               us
               ,
               is
               
               GOD
               ,
               who
               hath
               also
               sealed
               us
               ,
               and
               given
               us
               the
               earnest
               of
               the
               Spirit
               in
               our
               hearts
               .
            
             And
             1
             Ioh.
             2.27
             .
             we
             are
             told
             of
             
               an
               unction
               from
               above
            
             ,
             and
             
               a
               holy
               anointing
            
             .
             But
             that
             in
             these
             words
             no
             material
             anointing
             ,
             but
             the
             extraordinary
             conferring
             of
             the
             holy
             Ghost
             is
             meant
             ,
             seems
             clear
             from
             the
             Text
             :
             and
             so
             Christ
             is
             said
             to
             be
             
               anointed
               with
               the
               Oil
               of
               joy
               above
               his
               fellows
               ,
            
             tho
             we
             hear
             nothing
             of
             a
             material
             anointing
             .
             It
             is
             true
             ,
             James
             5.14
             .
             there
             is
             clear
             mention
             made
             of
             an
             anointing
             with
             Oil
             ,
             in
             which
             certainly
             there
             is
             no
             Metaphor
             ,
             but
             that
             relates
             nothing
             to
             our
             purpose
             .
             However
             ,
             it
             is
             like
             from
             these
             places
             it
             was
             that
             the
             Ancients
             used
             the
             Chrisma
             ,
             for
             we
             find
             that
             this
             was
             very
             early
             practised
             in
             the
             Church
             .
          
           
             
               Theophilus
               Alexandrinus
            
             ,
             who
             flourished
             about
             the
             year
             170.
             
               lib.
               1.
               ad
               Antolycum
            
             ,
             saith
             ,
             we
             are
             for
             this
             reason
             called
             Christians
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             
               Et
               quis
               mortalium
               est
               ,
               qui
               vel
               ingreditur
               in
               hanc
               vitam
               ,
               vel
               certat
               in
               arenâ
               &
               non
               oleo
               inungitur
               .
               Iren.
               lib.
               1.
               cap.
            
             18.
             tells
             ,
             That
             Valentinus
             used
             both
             
               Confirmation
               and
               anointing
               in
               the
               receiving
               of
               his
               Disciples
               ,
            
             and
             tells
             ,
             that
             
               he
               used
               a
               mixture
               of
               Water
               and
               Oil
               with
               Opobalsamum
               .
            
             And
             this
             seems
             to
             imply
             that
             to
             have
             been
             the
             practice
             of
             the
             Church
             ;
             for
             he
             tells
             ,
             that
             Valentinus
             had
             adapted
             and
             transformed
             the
             Rites
             of
             the
             Church
             into
             his
             Character
             .
             
               Tert.
               de
               bapt
               .
               cap.
            
             7.
             makes
             mention
             of
             the
             
               Unctio
               benedicta
               ,
               
               qua
               egressi
               de
               lavacro
               perunguntur
               .
            
             And
             
               cap.
               8.
               dehinc
               manus
               imponitur
               per
               benedictionem
               advocans
               &
               invitans
               Spiritum
               Sanctum
               ,
               Idem
               de
               refur
               .
               carnis
               ,
               cap.
            
             8.
             saith
             ,
             
               Caro
               abluitur
               —
               caro
               ungitur
               —
               caro
               signatur
               ,
               caro
               manus
               impositione
               adumbratur
               ,
               ut
               &
               anima
               spiritu
               illuminetur
               .
            
             And
             
               lib.
               de
               praescript
               .
               cap.
               36.
               
               Aquâ
               signat
               ,
               Spiritu
               sancto
               vestit
               ,
               Eucharistiâ
               pascit
               .
            
             Yet
             
               Tert.
               de
               Cor.
               Mil.
               cap.
            
             3.
             when
             he
             recounts
             these
             Ceremonies
             which
             he
             judged
             to
             have
             been
             of
             Apostolical
             tradition
             ,
             doth
             not
             reckon
             this
             for
             one
             .
          
           
             
               Cyprian
               Epist.
               73.
               ad
               Iubaianum
            
             ,
             speaking
             of
             S.
             Peter
             and
             S.
             Iohn
             their
             laying
             on
             of
             hands
             at
             Samaria
             ,
             shews
             it
             was
             no
             new
             Baptism
             :
             
               Sed
               tantummodo
               quod
               deerat
               id
               à
               Petro
               &
               Ioanne
               factum
               esse
               ,
               ut
               oratione
               pro
               iis
               habitâ
               ,
               ac
               manu
               impositâ
               ,
               invocaretur
               &
               infunderetur
               super
               eos
               Spiritus
               sanctus
               :
               quod
               nunc
               quoque
               apud
               nos
               geritur
               ,
               ut
               qui
               in
               Ecclesiâ
               baptizantur
               praepositis
               Ecclesiae
               offerantur
               ,
               &
               per
               nostram
               orationem
               &
               manus
               impositionem
               Spiritum
               sanctum
               consequantur
               ,
               &
               signaculo
               divino
               consummentur
               .
            
             And
             Epist.
             70.
             after
             he
             hath
             spoken
             of
             Baptism
             ,
             he
             adds
             ,
             
               Ungi
               quoque
               necesse
               est
               cum
               qui
               baptizatus
               sit
               ,
               ut
               accepto
               Chrismate
               id
               est
               unctione
               esse
               unctus
               Dei
               ,
               &
               habere
               in
               se
               gratiam
               Christs
               possit
               .
            
             And
             he
             tell
             ,
             That
             both
             the
             Eucharist
             &
             
               oleum
               unde
               unguntur
               babtizati
               ,
               in
               altari
               sanctificatur
               .
               Cyril
            
             of
             
               Ierusalem
               his
               third
               Mistagogical
               Catechism
            
             is
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             wherein
             he
             describes
             
             the
             anointing
             we
             have
             from
             GOD
             ;
             and
             the
             consecrated
             Oil
             ,
             which
             was
             the
             rite
             expressive
             of
             the
             former
             ,
             comparing
             it
             to
             the
             Dove
             that
             descended
             from
             Christ
             ,
             and
             was
             his
             spiritual
             Anointing
             .
             Which
             is
             also
             done
             by
             
               Optatus
               ,
               lib.
               4.
               cont
               .
               Paramenianum
               ,
            
             and
             the
             
               Areopagite
               de
               Eccles.
               hier
               .
               cap.
            
             4.
             where
             he
             at
             length
             describes
             the
             rites
             used
             in
             the
             consecrating
             of
             the
             Chrisma
             .
             Yet
             this
             Chrisma
             was
             not
             so
             peculiar
             to
             Confirmation
             ,
             but
             that
             it
             was
             also
             used
             upon
             other
             occasions
             .
             Nazianzen
             tells
             (
             as
             is
             above
             cited
             )
             that
             such
             as
             were
             ordained
             ,
             were
             also
             anointed
             .
             It
             was
             also
             used
             in
             Baptism
             ,
             so
             both
             
               Tertullian
               ,
               Cyprian
            
             ,
             and
             Ierome
             ,
             and
             the
             48.
             
             Canon
             of
             the
             Council
             of
             Laodicea
             decrees
             ,
             that
             the
             
               Illuminati
               post
               baptisma
            
             should
             be
             anointed
             with
             this
             
               unguentum
               coeleste
            
             .
             But
             by
             the
             I.
             Can.
             of
             the
             Council
             of
             Orange
             ,
             it
             was
             decreed
             ,
             
               That
               he
               who
               was
               not
               anointed
               at
               Baptism
               ,
               should
               receive
               the
               Chrisma
               at
               his
               Confirmation
               :
            
             by
             which
             it
             seems
             they
             did
             not
             repeat
             the
             ceremony
             of
             Anointing
             ,
             to
             such
             as
             had
             received
             it
             at
             Baptism
             .
          
           
             Likewise
             these
             who
             returned
             from
             Heresie
             ,
             by
             the
             7.
             
             Can.
             of
             the
             second
             
               General
               Council
            
             were
             to
             be
             anointed
             &
             
               fronte
               ,
               &
               oculis
               ,
               &
               naribus
               ,
               &
               ore
               ,
               &
               auribus
               ,
               &
               signantes
               eos
               dicimus
               donum
               Spiritus
               sancti
               .
            
             And
             like
             unto
             this
             is
             the
             7.
             
             Can.
             of
             Laodicea
             .
             And
             
               Author
               Resp.
               ad
               Orthod
            
             .
             that
             goeth
             under
             
             Iustin's
             name
             ,
             
               ad
               quoest
               .
               14.
               
               Cum
               hoereticus
               
               ad
               veram
               fidèm
               accedit
               ,
               corrigitur
               lapsus
               falsae
               opinionis
               ,
               sententiae
               ,
               mutatione
               :
               baptismi
               ,
               sancti
               Chrismatis
               unctione
               ;
               ordinationis
               ,
               manum
               impositione
               :
               nihilque
               quod
               prius
               erat
               ,
               indissolutum
               manet
               .
            
             Now
             by
             this
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             which
             he
             mentions
             ,
             is
             not
             meant
             a
             new
             Ordination
             ,
             which
             was
             not
             given
             to
             these
             that
             returned
             from
             Heresie
             .
             For
             as
             appears
             by
             the
             Council
             of
             Nice
             ,
             the
             Orders
             which
             they
             got
             among
             the
             Hereticks
             were
             held
             valid
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             be
             renewed
             :
             but
             this
             is
             meant
             of
             the
             Ceremony
             ordinarily
             given
             in
             the
             absolution
             and
             receiving
             of
             Penitents
             .
             
               August
               .
               cont
               .
               Donatist
               .
               lib.
               5.
               cap.
            
             23.
             confesseth
             ,
             that
             the
             Baptism
             of
             Hereticks
             was
             valid
             ,
             but
             denies
             that
             they
             conferred
             the
             holy
             Ghost
             ,
             and
             therefore
             imposition
             of
             hands
             was
             given
             to
             those
             who
             returned
             from
             Heresie
             .
          
           
             Besides
             this
             Chrisma
             ,
             they
             used
             also
             in
             Confirmation
             the
             sign
             of
             the
             Cross
             ,
             of
             which
             that
             phrase
             of
             Tertullian
             is
             to
             be
             understood
             
               caro
               signatur
            
             .
             And
             
               Aug.
               in
               Psal.
            
             .
             141.
             speaking
             of
             the
             Sacraments
             ,
             saith
             ,
             
               Quaedam
               sicut
               nostri
               ore
               accipimus
               ,
               quaedam
               per
               totum
               corpus
               .
            
             And
             a
             little
             after
             ,
             
               tegat
               frontem
               crux
               Domini
            
             ,
             which
             words
             are
             to
             be
             understood
             of
             the
             Eucharist
             ,
             Baptism
             and
             Confirmation
             .
             He
             calls
             this
             also
             
               Sacramentum
               Chrismatis
               ,
               lib.
               2.
               cont
               .
               Petilianum
               ,
               cap.
            
             104.
             applying
             to
             it
             that
             of
             the
             Ointment
             on
             
             Aaron's
             beard
             ,
             Psalm
             133.
             
             But
             elsewhere
             he
             calls
             that
             Bread
             
             which
             was
             blest
             ,
             not
             with
             the
             Eucharistical
             and
             Sacramental
             benediction
             ,
             but
             with
             that
             lower
             degree
             ,
             called
             Eulogy
             ,
             which
             might
             be
             given
             to
             the
             Catechumens
             ,
             
               Sacramentum
               Catechumenorum
            
             ;
             using
             this
             term
             largely
             ,
             as
             he
             saith
             
               Epist.
               ad
               Marcellinum
               .
               Signum
               cum
               ad
               rem
               sacram
               applicatur
               ,
               Sacramentum
               appellatur
               .
            
             Of
             this
             sign
             of
             the
             Cross
             ,
             is
             likewise
             to
             be
             understood
             that
             of
             the
             
               Signaculum
               Dominicum
            
             ,
             mentioned
             by
             
               Cyprian
               ,
               Ep.
            
             73.
             
          
           
             The
             next
             thing
             to
             be
             enquired
             after
             is
             ,
             who
             was
             the
             Minister
             of
             Confirmation
             ?
             In
             the
             Western
             Church
             the
             Bishop
             did
             only
             administer
             it
             .
             So
             
               Ierome
               adv
               .
               Luciferianos
            
             ,
             brings
             in
             the
             Luciferian
             in
             the
             Dialogue
             .
             
               An
               nescis
               Ecclesiarum
               hunc
               morem
               esse
               ,
               ut
               baptizatis
               postea
               manus
               imponantur
               ,
               &
               ita
               invocetur
               Spiritus
               sanctus
               ?
               Exigis
               ubi
               scriptum
               est
               ?
               In
               Actibus
               Apostolorum
               .
               Etiamsi
               Scripturae
               authoritas
               non
               subesset
               ,
               totius
               orbis
               hanc
               in
               partem
               consensus
               ,
               instar
               praecepti
               obtineret
               .
            
             Then
             he
             makes
             the
             Orthodox
             to
             answer
             :
             
               Non
               equidem
               abnuo
               hanc
               esse
               Ecclesiarum
               consuetudinem
               ,
               ut
               ad
               eos
               qui
               longe
               in
               minoribus
               urbibus
               per
               Presbyteros
               &
               Diaconos
               baptizati
               sunt
               ,
               Episcopus
               ad
               invocationem
               Sancti
               Spiritus
               excurrat
               .
            
             And
             asking
             why
             the
             holy
             Ghost
             was
             not
             given
             ,
             but
             by
             the
             Bishop
             ?
             He
             answers
             ,
             That
             was
             
               potius
               ad
               honorem
               Sacordotii
               ,
               quam
               ad
               legis
               necessitatem
               .
               Aug.
               de
               Trin.
               lib.
               15.
               cap.
            
             16.
             speaking
             of
             the
             Apostles
             conferring
             of
             the
             holy
             Ghost
             ,
             saith
             ,
             
               Orabant
               ,
               ut
               veniret
               Spiritus
               sanctus
               
               in
               eos
               quibus
               manum
               imponebant
               ,
               non
               enim
               ipsi
               cum
               dabant
               ,
               quem
               morem
               in
               suis
               praepositis
               etiam
               nunc
               servat
               Ecclesia
               .
            
          
           
             But
             in
             the
             Greek
             Church
             ,
             Presbyters
             might
             confirm
             :
             so
             the
             above
             cited
             Hilary
             on
             the
             4
             of
             the
             
               Ephes.
               Denique
               apud
               AEgyptum
               Presbyteri
               consignant
               ,
               ubi
               praesens
               non
               sit
               Episcopus
               :
            
             and
             
               lib.
               quaest
               .
               in
               Vet.
               &
               Nov.
               Test.
            
             called
             Augustin's
             ,
             but
             believed
             to
             be
             the
             same
             
               Hilary's
               ,
               quaest
            
             .
             101.
             faith
             ,
             
               In
               Alexandriâ
               ,
               &
               per
               totam
               AEgyptum
               si
               desit
               Episcopus
               consecrat
               Presbyter
               .
            
             By
             the
             comparing
             of
             which
             places
             ,
             it
             appears
             ,
             that
             it
             is
             the
             same
             thing
             which
             is
             exprest
             by
             these
             various
             names
             of
             Consecration
             and
             Consignation
             :
             but
             what
             is
             meant
             by
             it
             ,
             is
             not
             agreed
             to
             .
             It
             is
             absurd
             to
             think
             that
             Ordination
             can
             be
             meant
             by
             it
             .
             For
             that
             decision
             of
             the
             case
             of
             Ischyras
             shews
             that
             in
             Alexandria
             they
             were
             far
             from
             allowing
             Presbyters
             to
             ordain
             without
             a
             Bishop
             .
             Some
             think
             that
             because
             Consecration
             is
             more
             usually
             applied
             to
             the
             blessing
             of
             the
             Eucharist
             ;
             therefore
             both
             it
             and
             Consignation
             ,
             is
             so
             to
             be
             understood
             here
             .
             And
             whereas
             it
             is
             objected
             that
             in
             the
             cited
             places
             some
             custom
             peculiar
             to
             Alexandria
             seems
             to
             be
             mentioned
             ;
             but
             it
             was
             universally
             allowed
             in
             the
             Bishop's
             absence
             for
             the
             Presbyter
             to
             consecrate
             the
             Eucharist
             :
             therefore
             some
             other
             thing
             must
             be
             there
             meant
             .
             It
             is
             answered
             to
             this
             ,
             that
             in
             other
             places
             Presbyters
             might
             not
             consecrate
             
               sine
               Episcopi
               jussione
            
             ;
             according
             
             to
             what
             was
             cited
             out
             of
             Ignatius
             ;
             and
             that
             the
             custom
             in
             Alexandria
             hath
             been
             ,
             that
             the
             Presbyters
             without
             any
             such
             express
             Mandate
             ,
             might
             have
             consecrated
             in
             the
             Bishop's
             absence
             .
             But
             the
             general
             practice
             of
             the
             Greek
             Church
             inclines
             me
             to
             think
             ,
             that
             Confirmation
             is
             meant
             by
             the
             cited
             places
             ,
             which
             was
             usually
             phrased
             by
             Consignation
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             or
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             only
             the
             consecrating
             af
             the
             Chrisma
             and
             Oil
             ,
             was
             peculiar
             to
             the
             Bishop
             ,
             as
             his
             work
             ;
             so
             that
             the
             Greeks
             seem
             to
             have
             made
             a
             difference
             betwixt
             the
             hallowing
             and
             applying
             of
             the
             Chrisma
             .
             The
             first
             could
             only
             be
             done
             by
             the
             Bishop
             ,
             but
             the
             second
             was
             not
             denied
             to
             the
             Presbyters
             .
             Even
             as
             in
             the
             Eucharist
             none
             might
             consecrate
             but
             Presbyters
             ,
             ,
             yet
             Laicks
             of
             both
             Sexes
             ,
             in
             case
             of
             necessity
             ,
             might
             have
             carried
             and
             given
             it
             to
             the
             absents
             .
          
           
             Of
             Confirmation
             administred
             by
             Presbyters
             ,
             some
             instances
             do
             meet
             us
             in
             the
             Latin
             Church
             .
             The
             first
             Canon
             of
             the
             Council
             of
             Orange
             ,
             permits
             the
             use
             of
             the
             Chrisma
             to
             the
             Priests
             ,
             who
             are
             appointed
             to
             carry
             some
             of
             it
             always
             about
             with
             them
             .
             
               Conc.
               Epaunense
               ,
               cap.
            
             16.
             permits
             the
             Presbyters
             to
             give
             the
             Chrisma
             to
             such
             Hereticks
             as
             were
             converted
             on
             their
             death
             beds
             .
             And
             the
             second
             Canon
             of
             the
             Council
             of
             Orange
             is
             :
             
               Haereticos
               in
               mortis
               discrimine
               positos
               ,
               si
               Catholici
               esse
               desiderant
               ,
               si
               Episcopus
               desit
               ,
               à
               Presbyteris
               cum
               Chrismate
               &
               benedictione
               consignari
               placuit
               .
            
             And
             
             the
             Council
             of
             Toledo
             permits
             a
             Presbyter
             to
             do
             it
             in
             the
             Bishops
             absence
             ,
             or
             in
             his
             presence
             ,
             if
             commanded
             by
             him
             .
             But
             both
             East
             and
             West
             ,
             it
             was
             agreed
             ,
             that
             the
             Chrisma
             could
             not
             be
             sanctified
             by
             Presbyters
             .
             
               Conc.
               Romanum
               sub
               Sylv.
               cap.
            
             5.
             decreed
             it
             .
             But
             as
             that
             Council
             is
             much
             suspected
             ,
             so
             the
             reason
             there
             given
             is
             a
             very
             poor
             one
             .
             
               Quia
               Christus
               dicitur
               à
               Chrismate
            
             .
             But
             Canon
             sixth
             ,
             
               Cod.
               Afric
            
             .
             is
             more
             authentick
             ,
             
               ut
               Chrisma
               à
               Presbyteris
               non
               fiat
               .
            
             And
             Synod
             
               Tolet.
               Can.
               20.
               
               Quamvis
               pene
               ubique
               custodiatur
               ut
               absque
               Episcopo
               nemo
               Chrisma
               conficiat
               ,
               tamen
               quia
               in
               aliquibus
               locis
               vel
               Provinciis
               dicuntur
               Presbyteri
               Chrisma
               consicere
               ,
               placuit
               ex
               hoc
               die
               nullum
               alium
               nisi
               Episcopum
               hoc
               facere
               .
            
             And
             the
             Areopagite
             ,
             as
             he
             at
             length
             describes
             it
             ,
             and
             descants
             upon
             it
             ,
             so
             he
             appropriates
             it
             to
             the
             Bishop
             .
          
           
             
               Gregory
               the
               Great
               ,
               lib.
               3.
               
               Epist.
            
             9.
             writing
             to
             Ianuarius
             Bishop
             of
             Caralis
             in
             Sardinia
             ,
             discharges
             Presbyters
             to
             anoint
             with
             the
             Chrisma
             on
             the
             brow
             ,
             appointing
             that
             to
             be
             reserved
             to
             the
             Bishop
             :
             for
             Sardinia
             ,
             and
             the
             other
             Isles
             ,
             had
             observed
             the
             customs
             of
             the
             Greek
             Church
             :
             but
             
               Gregory
               Epist.
            
             26.
             writing
             to
             that
             same
             person
             ,
             tells
             ,
             that
             he
             heard
             how
             some
             were
             scandalized
             ,
             because
             he
             had
             discharged
             Presbyters
             the
             use
             of
             the
             Chrisma
             ,
             which
             he
             therefore
             takes
             off
             in
             these
             words
             :
             
               Et
               nos
               quidem
               secundum
               usum
               veterem
               Ecclesiae
               nostrae
               fecimus
               ,
               sed
               si
               omnino
               hac
               de
               re
               
               aliqui
               contristantur
               ,
               ubi
               Episcopi
               desunt
               ,
               ut
               Presbyteri
               etiam
               in
               frontibus
               baptizatos
               Chrismate
               tangere
               debeant
               concedimus
               .
            
          
           
             But
             200
             years
             afterwards
             ,
             Nicolaus
             first
             Bishop
             of
             Rome
             ,
             observed
             not
             that
             moderation
             .
             For
             the
             Bulgarians
             who
             were
             converted
             by
             the
             Greeks
             ,
             receiving
             the
             Chrisma
             from
             the
             Presbyters
             according
             to
             the
             custom
             of
             that
             Church
             ;
             Nicolaus
             sent
             Bishops
             to
             them
             ,
             and
             appointed
             such
             as
             had
             been
             confirmed
             by
             Presbyters
             to
             be
             confirmed
             again
             by
             Bishops
             .
             But
             upon
             this
             ,
             Photius
             ,
             who
             was
             then
             Patriarch
             of
             Constantinople
             ,
             called
             a
             Synod
             ,
             it
             which
             it
             was
             decreed
             ,
             that
             the
             Chrisma
             being
             hallowed
             by
             a
             Bishop
             ,
             might
             be
             administred
             by
             Presbyters
             .
             And
             Photius
             in
             his
             Epistle
             contends
             ,
             that
             a
             Presbyter
             might
             ,
             
               unguento
               signare
               ,
               sanctificare
               ,
               consummatos
               angere
               ,
               &
               expiatorium
               donum
               baptizato
               consummare
               ,
            
             as
             well
             as
             he
             might
             either
             baptize
             or
             offer
             at
             the
             Altar
             .
             But
             Nicolaus
             impudently
             denied
             ,
             that
             this
             had
             ever
             been
             permitted
             ,
             and
             upon
             this
             account
             it
             is
             ,
             that
             many
             of
             the
             Latins
             have
             charged
             the
             Greek
             Church
             ,
             as
             if
             there
             were
             no
             Confirmation
             used
             among
             them
             .
             But
             this
             challenge
             is
             denied
             and
             rejected
             by
             the
             Greeks
             .
             And
             so
             much
             of
             the
             Minister
             of
             Confirmation
             .
          
           
             It
             is
             in
             the
             last
             place
             to
             be
             considered
             ,
             what
             value
             was
             set
             upon
             this
             action
             ,
             and
             for
             what
             ends
             it
             was
             practised
             in
             the
             Church
             .
             We
             have
             already
             
             heard
             Augustin
             call
             it
             a
             Sacrament
             .
             It
             is
             likewise
             so
             termed
             by
             
               Cyprian
               Epist.
            
             72.
             and
             in
             the
             Records
             of
             the
             Council
             held
             by
             him
             for
             the
             rebaptizing
             of
             Hereticks
             .
             But
             as
             was
             marked
             before
             ,
             they
             took
             that
             term
             largely
             for
             an
             holy
             rite
             or
             symbolical
             action
             :
             Whereas
             a
             Sacrament
             strictly
             taken
             is
             a
             holy
             rite
             instituted
             by
             Christ
             for
             a
             federal
             stipulation
             ,
             by
             which
             the
             promises
             of
             the
             Gospel
             are
             sealed
             ,
             and
             grace
             conveyed
             to
             the
             worthy
             receivers
             .
             Now
             in
             this
             sense
             it
             is
             visible
             ,
             that
             Confirmation
             is
             no
             Sacrament
             :
             it
             neither
             being
             instituted
             by
             Christ
             ,
             nor
             having
             any
             grace
             appended
             to
             it
             .
             Neither
             is
             it
             so
             totally
             distinct
             from
             Baptism
             ,
             being
             but
             a
             renovation
             of
             the
             baptismal
             Vow
             ,
             joined
             with
             Prayer
             ,
             and
             a
             solemn
             benediction
             .
          
           
             Some
             have
             thought
             ,
             that
             Confirmation
             was
             only
             used
             by
             the
             Ancients
             ,
             as
             an
             appendix
             ,
             or
             a
             consummatory
             rite
             of
             Baptism
             ,
             which
             mistake
             is
             founded
             upon
             this
             ,
             that
             some
             of
             the
             riper
             age
             being
             baptized
             ,
             got
             this
             imposition
             of
             hands
             after
             Baptism
             .
             For
             the
             clearing
             of
             which
             some
             things
             must
             be
             considered
             :
             First
             ,
             The
             Ancients
             used
             an
             imposition
             of
             hands
             before
             Baptism
             ,
             to
             such
             as
             were
             admitted
             to
             be
             Catechumens
             ,
             who
             were
             in
             the
             Christian
             Church
             ,
             like
             the
             Proselytes
             of
             the
             gates
             among
             the
             Iews
             :
             for
             they
             having
             renounced
             Idolatry
             ,
             were
             admitted
             to
             some
             parts
             of
             the
             Christian
             worship
             ,
             and
             instructed
             
             in
             the
             faith
             for
             some
             time
             ,
             before
             they
             could
             commence
             Christians
             .
             And
             an
             imposition
             of
             hands
             was
             used
             ,
             when
             any
             were
             admitted
             to
             this
             Order
             :
             so
             it
             is
             express
             in
             the
             39.
             
             Canon
             of
             Elib
             .
             and
             in
             the
             
               Greek
               Euchology
            
             there
             is
             a
             prayer
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             Where
             it
             is
             said
             ,
             
               Inflat
               signat
               &
               manum
               imponit
            
             .
             And
             in
             the
             Liturgy
             called
             S.
             
               Marks
               ,
               Quotquot
               ad
               Baptismum
               dispositi
               estis
               accedite
               ,
               ac
               manus
               impositionem
               &
               benedictionem
               accipite
               ,
               dem
               manum
               imponit
               Sacerdos
               .
            
             And
             
               Euseb.
               de
               vitae
               Const.
               lib.
            
             4.
             faith
             of
             
               Constantine
               ;
               Confessione
               factâ
               precum
               particeps
               factus
               est
               per
               impositionem
               manuum
               .
            
             The
             Areopagite
             makes
             mention
             also
             of
             this
             as
             done
             twice
             before
             Baptism
             ;
             and
             
               Aug.
               de
               mer.
               &
               remis
               .
               pec
               .
               lib.
               2.
               cap.
               26.
               
               Catechumenum
               secundum
               quendam
               modum
               suum
               per
               signum
               &
               orationem
               manuum
               impositionis
               puto
               sanctificari
               .
            
             And
             
               Cyprian
               ad
               Steph.
            
             makes
             Baptism
             a
             superaddition
             to
             that
             imposition
             of
             hands
             :
             which
             he
             draws
             from
             the
             example
             of
             Cornelius
             ,
             upon
             whom
             the
             Spirit
             falling
             first
             ,
             he
             was
             afterward
             baptized
             .
             It
             is
             true
             ,
             he
             is
             there
             speaking
             of
             such
             as
             turned
             from
             Heresie
             ,
             who
             he
             judged
             should
             be
             rebaptized
             ,
             after
             an
             imposition
             of
             hands
             first
             given
             them
             .
          
           
             But
             as
             the
             39.
             
             Canon
             of
             Elib
             .
             speaks
             of
             an
             imposition
             of
             hands
             given
             before
             Baptism
             ,
             so
             the
             7.
             
             Canon
             of
             that
             same
             Council
             ,
             mentions
             another
             given
             after
             it
             .
             
               Si
               quis
               Diaconus
               regens
               plebem
               
               sine
               Episcopo
               ,
               vel
               Presbyteris
               ,
               aliquos
               baptizaverit
               ,
               eos
               per
               benedictionem
               perficere
               debebit
               .
            
             And
             by
             the
             33.
             
             Canon
             of
             that
             Council
             ,
             any
             Laick
             that
             was
             baptized
             ,
             and
             was
             no
             Bigamus
             ,
             might
             baptize
             a
             Catechumen
             if
             sick
             .
             
               Ita
               ut
               si
               supervixerit
               ,
               ad
               Episcopum
               cum
               perducat
               ,
               ut
               per
               manus
               impositionem
               perficere
            
             (
             or
             as
             others
             read
             it
             perfici
             )
             possit
             .
             If
             the
             first
             be
             the
             reading
             ,
             it
             will
             relate
             to
             Confirmation
             ;
             if
             the
             second
             ,
             it
             will
             relate
             to
             the
             compleating
             of
             the
             Baptism
             .
          
           
             The
             48.
             
             Canon
             of
             Laodicea
             is
             ,
             
               Illuminatos
               post
               baptisma
               unguento
               caelesti
               liniendos
               esse
               .
            
             To
             infer
             from
             that
             ,
             that
             Confirmation
             was
             immediately
             to
             follow
             upon
             Baptism
             is
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             for
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             doth
             not
             imply
             that
             it
             was
             to
             be
             done
             immediately
             after
             ,
             but
             only
             that
             Baptism
             was
             to
             go
             before
             it
             :
             and
             we
             find
             that
             same
             phrase
             in
             the
             Canons
             immediately
             preceding
             this
             ,
             applied
             to
             such
             as
             had
             been
             of
             a
             great
             while
             baptized
             .
             But
             tho
             such
             as
             were
             of
             riper
             years
             had
             been
             confirmed
             immediately
             after
             they
             received
             Baptism
             ,
             it
             will
             no
             more
             prove
             that
             Confirmation
             was
             an
             appendix
             of
             Baptism
             ,
             than
             that
             the
             Eucharist
             was
             so
             likewise
             ,
             which
             was
             also
             given
             to
             them
             at
             the
             same
             time
             .
             So
             the
             Areopagite
             tells
             ,
             how
             such
             as
             were
             baptized
             ,
             were
             carried
             by
             the
             Priest
             to
             the
             Bishop
             .
             
               Ille
               vero
               unguento
               consecrato
               virum
               ungens
               sacrosanctae
               .
               Eucharistiae
               participem
               esse
               pronunciat
               .
            
             And
             tho
             
             even
             Children
             were
             confirmed
             immediately
             after
             Baptism
             ,
             that
             doth
             not
             prove
             the
             one
             but
             a
             rite
             of
             the
             other
             :
             for
             we
             find
             that
             not
             only
             in
             the
             African
             Churches
             ,
             but
             also
             in
             the
             Roman
             Church
             ,
             the
             custom
             of
             giving
             Children
             the
             Eucharist
             immediately
             after
             Baptism
             ,
             continued
             long
             :
             for
             the
             
               Ordo
               Romanus
            
             ,
             held
             by
             some
             a
             work
             of
             the
             eleventh
             Century
             ,
             appoints
             ,
             that
             Children
             be
             permitted
             to
             eat
             nothing
             after
             they
             are
             baptized
             ,
             till
             they
             received
             the
             Eucharist
             .
             That
             same
             practice
             is
             also
             mentioned
             by
             Hugo
             the
             
               S.
               Victore
               ,
               lib.
            
             1.
             cap.
             20.
             in
             the
             twelfth
             Century
             .
             And
             all
             the
             Greek
             Writers
             assert
             the
             necessity
             of
             Childrens
             receiving
             the
             Eucharist
             ,
             and
             yet
             none
             asserted
             the
             Eucharist
             to
             be
             but
             a
             rite
             of
             Baptism
             .
             Cornelius
             tells
             of
             
               Novatian
               (
               apud
               Eusebium
               ,
               lib.
            
             6.
             
               hist.
               cap.
            
             35.
             )
             how
             he
             was
             baptized
             Clinicus
             ,
             and
             being
             recovered
             
               nec
               reliquorum
               particeps
               factus
               ,
               quae
               secundum
               Canones
               Ecclesiae
               obtinere
               debuerat
               ,
               nec
               ab
               Episcopo
               obsignatus
               est
               .
            
             (
             It
             is
             true
             ,
             it
             is
             in
             the
             Greek
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             as
             if
             it
             were
             explicative
             of
             the
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             which
             in
             the
             former
             words
             he
             said
             he
             wanted
             ;
             whence
             some
             infer
             ,
             that
             Confirmation
             was
             but
             one
             of
             the
             Baptismal
             rites
             .
             But
             it
             is
             clear
             that
             the
             true
             reading
             is
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             and
             so
             Nicephorus
             hath
             read
             it
             )
             
               quo
               non
               impetrato
               ,
               quomodo
               Spiritum
               sanctum
               obtinuisse
               putandus
               est
               .
            
             Yet
             from
             the
             Story
             it
             appears
             that
             Confirmation
             was
             judged
             only
             necessary
             
             
               ad
               bone
               esse
            
             ,
             and
             not
             to
             the
             esse
             of
             a
             Christian
             ;
             since
             notwithstanding
             the
             want
             of
             this
             ,
             Fabian
             Bishop
             of
             Rome
             ordained
             Novatian
             a
             Presbyter
             .
          
           
             The
             
               Greek
               Euchology
            
             shews
             ,
             that
             such
             as
             were
             baptized
             ,
             were
             after
             their
             baptism
             anointed
             ,
             and
             so
             to
             be
             confirmed
             :
             and
             it
             subjoyning
             that
             the
             Eucharist
             was
             to
             be
             given
             to
             them
             ,
             proves
             no
             more
             the
             one
             to
             be
             a
             rite
             of
             Baptism
             than
             the
             other
             .
          
           
             The
             whole
             current
             of
             the
             Fathers
             runs
             ,
             that
             in
             Confirmation
             the
             holy
             Ghost
             was
             conferred
             .
             
               August
               .
               de
               Bapt.
               cont
               .
               Donatistas
               ,
               lib.
            
             3.
             cap.
             16.
             
             
               Spiritus
               sanctus
               in
               solâ
               Catholicâ
               ,
               per
               manus
               impositionem
               dari
               dicitur
               ,
            
             which
             he
             derives
             from
             the
             Apostles
             ,
             tho
             these
             extraordinary
             effects
             of
             speaking
             of
             Tongues
             ,
             or
             the
             like
             ,
             did
             not
             follow
             upon
             it
             :
             
               Sed
               invisibiliter
               &
               latenter
               per
               vinculum
               pacis
               ,
               est
               eorum
               cordibus
               charitas
               divina
               inspirata
               .
            
             And
             concludes
             ,
             
               Quid
               enim
               est
               aliud
               nisi
               oratio
               super
               hominem
               .
            
          
           
             And
             certainly
             ,
             were
             Confirmation
             restored
             according
             to
             the
             Apostolical
             practice
             ,
             and
             managed
             with
             a
             primitive
             sincerity
             ,
             nothing
             should
             give
             more
             probable
             hopes
             of
             a
             recovery
             of
             the
             Christian
             Church
             ,
             out
             of
             the
             darkness
             and
             deadness
             in
             which
             it
             hath
             continued
             so
             long
             .
             It
             might
             quicken
             persons
             more
             seriously
             to
             consider
             to
             what
             they
             were
             engaged
             in
             Baptism
             ,
             when
             they
             were
             put
             to
             so
             solemn
             a
             renovation
             of
             it
             .
             But
             
             the
             more
             denuded
             it
             were
             of
             all
             unnecessary
             rites
             ,
             such
             as
             Oil
             ,
             and
             the
             like
             ,
             it
             might
             be
             more
             sutable
             to
             the
             Evangelical
             Spirit
             .
             And
             we
             see
             likewise
             from
             Antiquity
             ,
             that
             there
             is
             no
             reason
             for
             appropriating
             this
             action
             wholly
             ,
             or
             only
             to
             the
             Bishop
             .
             It
             should
             not
             be
             gone
             about
             till
             the
             person
             were
             ripe
             in
             years
             ,
             and
             not
             only
             able
             by
             rote
             to
             recite
             a
             Catechism
             ,
             but
             of
             a
             fitness
             to
             receive
             the
             Eucharist
             immediately
             after
             .
             But
             I
             shall
             conclude
             this
             whole
             matter
             with
             
             Calvin's
             words
             ,
             lib.
             4.
             
             
               Instit.
               cap.
            
             19.
             sect
             .
             4.
             &
             sequentibus
             :
             where
             after
             he
             hath
             laid
             out
             the
             primitive
             practice
             of
             Confirmation
             ,
             he
             subjoins
             :
             
               Haec
               disciplina
               ,
               si
               bodie
               valeret
               ,
               profecto
               parentum
               quorundam
               ignavia
               acueretur
               ,
               qui
               liberorum
               institutionem
               ,
               quasi
               rem
               nihil
               ad
               se
               pertinentem
               ,
               negligunt
               ;
               quam
               tum
               sine
               publico
               dedecore
               omittere
               non
               possent
               .
               Major
               esset
               in
               populo
               Christiano
               fidei
               consensus
               ,
               nec
               tanta
               multorum
               inscitia
               ,
               &
               ruditas
               ,
               non
               adeo
               temere
               quidam
               novis
               ,
               &
               peregrinis
               dogmatibus
               ,
               abriparentur
               ;
               omnibus
               denique
               esset
               quaedam
               velut
               methodus
               doctrinae
               Christianae
               .
            
          
        
         
           
           
             A
             SUPPLEMENT
             ABOUT
             THE
             RURAL
             BISHOPS
             ,
             CALLED
             CHOREPISCOPI
             .
          
           
             IT
             hath
             been
             already
             marked
             ,
             that
             the
             extent
             of
             the
             Dioceses
             was
             not
             all
             of
             one
             proportion
             :
             and
             generally
             the
             Villages
             which
             lay
             adjacent
             to
             Cities
             ,
             having
             received
             the
             Gospel
             at
             first
             from
             them
             ,
             continued
             in
             subjection
             to
             the
             City
             ,
             as
             to
             their
             Mother
             Church
             :
             whereby
             the
             Bishops
             Parish
             was
             not
             limited
             to
             the
             City
             ,
             but
             did
             also
             include
             the
             adjacent
             Villages
             .
             The
             inscription
             of
             Clemens
             his
             Epistles
             insinuates
             this
             :
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             By
             which
             we
             see
             ,
             that
             the
             Churches
             of
             Rome
             and
             Corinth
             were
             made
             up
             not
             onely
             of
             such
             as
             inhabited
             the
             Towns
             ,
             but
             also
             of
             such
             as
             dwelt
             about
             them
             :
             and
             this
             is
             yet
             clearer
             from
             Ignatius
             his
             inscription
             of
             his
             Epistle
             to
             the
             Romans
             ;
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             Neither
             did
             they
             judg
             it
             fit
             to
             ordain
             Bishops
             in
             smaller
             or
             lesser
             Cities
             ,
             as
             appears
             by
             the
             Council
             of
             Sardis
             ,
             Can.
             6.
             where
             it
             is
             decreed
             ,
             that
             a
             Bishop
             
             should
             not
             be
             ordained
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             Adding
             ,
             that
             it
             was
             not
             necessary
             that
             Bishops
             should
             be
             ordained
             there
             ,
             lest
             the
             name
             and
             dignity
             of
             a
             Bishop
             should
             be
             vilipended
             .
          
           
             But
             before
             this
             ,
             it
             was
             decreed
             in
             the
             Council
             of
             Laodicea
             ,
             Can.
             57.
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             (
             for
             so
             reads
             the
             Manuscript
             of
             
               Oxford
               ,
               Dionysius
               Exiguus
               ,
               Isidore
               Mercator
               ,
               Hervetus
               ,
            
             and
             Iustellus
             ;
             and
             not
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             vel
             ,
             as
             Binius
             )
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             :
             who
             were
             to
             do
             nothing
             without
             the
             knowledg
             of
             the
             Bishop
             of
             the
             City
             ,
             whom
             the
             learned
             Beverigius
             observes
             (
             on
             this
             Canon
             )
             to
             have
             been
             distinct
             from
             the
             Rural
             Bishops
             ;
             which
             he
             makes
             out
             both
             from
             the
             Civil
             Law
             ,
             and
             a
             place
             of
             Gennadius
             ,
             where
             the
             Orders
             of
             Churchmen
             being
             reckoned
             ,
             these
             circular
             Visitors
             are
             set
             in
             a
             middle
             rank
             betwixt
             the
             Rural
             Bishops
             and
             Presbyters
             .
             Frequent
             mention
             is
             also
             made
             of
             these
             Visitors
             in
             the
             Acts
             of
             the
             Council
             at
             Chalcedon
             .
             This
             course
             therefore
             they
             took
             for
             these
             Villages
             to
             send
             Presbyters
             from
             the
             City
             ,
             who
             were
             called
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             :
             and
             because
             the
             Bishop
             could
             not
             immediately
             over-see
             them
             himself
             ,
             he
             did
             therefore
             substitute
             a
             Vicar
             and
             Delegate
             who
             was
             generally
             called
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             The
             first
             time
             that
             we
             meet
             with
             any
             of
             these
             ,
             is
             in
             the
             beginning
             of
             the
             fourth
             Century
             ,
             
             in
             the
             Councils
             of
             
               Ancyra
               ,
               Neocesarea
            
             ,
             and
             Antiochia
             .
             These
             differed
             from
             Presbyters
             ,
             in
             that
             they
             got
             an
             Ordination
             distinct
             from
             theirs
             ,
             called
             by
             the
             Council
             of
             Antioch
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             They
             also
             might
             have
             ordained
             
               Subdeacons
               ,
               Lectors
            
             ,
             and
             Exorcists
             ,
             and
             given
             them
             commendatory
             Letters
             .
             But
             they
             differed
             from
             Bishops
             in
             these
             things
             :
             First
             ,
             that
             they
             were
             ordained
             but
             by
             one
             Bishop
             ,
             as
             appears
             by
             the
             tenth
             Canon
             of
             the
             Council
             of
             Antioch
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             And
             therefore
             it
             is
             true
             that
             Balsamon
             calls
             them
             ,
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             Now
             we
             have
             already
             seen
             ,
             that
             a
             Bishop
             must
             be
             ordained
             by
             two
             Bishops
             at
             least
             .
             Next
             ,
             these
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             were
             ordained
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             saith
             Zonaras
             .
             And
             therefore
             in
             their
             subscriptions
             of
             the
             Councils
             ,
             they
             only
             design
             themselves
             Chorepiscopi
             ,
             without
             mentioning
             the
             place
             where
             they
             served
             ,
             as
             the
             Bishops
             do
             .
             Now
             Bishops
             could
             not
             be
             ordained
             but
             with
             a
             Title
             to
             a
             particular
             charge
             and
             See.
             Thirdly
             ,
             their
             power
             was
             limited
             ,
             and
             in
             many
             things
             inferior
             to
             the
             power
             of
             Bishops
             .
             So
             Pope
             Leo
             the
             first
             ,
             in
             his
             88.
             
             
               Epist.
               Quamvis
               ,
               cum
               Episcopis
               plurima
               illis
               ministeriorum
               communis
               sit
               dispensatio
               ,
               quaedam
               tamen
               Ecclesiasticis
               regulis
               sibi
               prohibita
               norint
               ,
               sicut
               Presbyterorum
               &
               Diaconorum
               consecratio
               .
            
             They
             might
             in
             general
             do
             nothing
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             
             and
             both
             the
             Council
             of
             
               Ancyra
               :
            
             ,
             Canon
             13.
             
             And
             that
             of
             Antioch
             ,
             Canon
             10.
             discharge
             them
             the
             ordaining
             of
             Presbyters
             or
             Deacons
             .
             The
             words
             of
             the
             Council
             of
             Antioch
             are
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             which
             words
             clearly
             import
             ,
             that
             the
             Bishop
             must
             have
             intervened
             in
             the
             Ordination
             ,
             and
             so
             are
             wrong
             rendered
             by
             an
             old
             Latin
             Edition
             ,
             
               praeter
               conscientiam
               Episcopi
            
             .
             As
             if
             they
             had
             heen
             only
             limited
             not
             to
             ordain
             unless
             the
             Bishop
             gave
             warrant
             .
             And
             thus
             these
             Bishops
             of
             the
             Villages
             and
             lesser
             Cities
             were
             reduced
             from
             the
             degree
             of
             Bishops
             ,
             to
             an
             inferiour
             and
             limited
             Office
             ,
             and
             were
             undoubtedly
             of
             the
             Episcopal
             Order
             ,
             tho
             their
             authority
             was
             much
             abridged
             .
          
           
             In
             the
             Council
             of
             Neocesarea
             their
             relation
             to
             the
             Bishop
             ,
             is
             compared
             to
             that
             of
             the
             seventy
             Disciples
             to
             the
             Apostles
             ,
             and
             they
             are
             called
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             .
             And
             that
             which
             is
             there
             marked
             as
             their
             chief
             work
             ,
             is
             their
             care
             of
             the
             poor
             .
             But
             by
             the
             Canon
             of
             Antioch
             ,
             they
             might
             have
             ordained
             
               Lectors
               ,
               Sub-Deacons
            
             ,
             and
             Exorcists
             .
             And
             yet
             Basil
             in
             his
             181.
             
             Epist.
             saith
             ,
             That
             they
             might
             not
             have
             ordained
             ,
             even
             these
             inferiour
             ranks
             ,
             without
             having
             first
             advertised
             the
             Bishop
             ,
             and
             sent
             their
             testimonies
             ,
             and
             the
             suffrages
             of
             their
             Election
             to
             him
             :
             which
             is
             observed
             by
             Aristenus
             in
             his
             Gloss
             on
             the
             13.
             
             Canon
             of
             Ancyra
             :
             and
             by
             
               Mattheus
               Blastares
            
             in
             his
             
               Syntagma
               ,
               cap.
            
             31.
             
          
           
           
             But
             Damasus
             ,
             who
             was
             about
             the
             year
             370.
             writes
             his
             whole
             fourth
             Epistle
             against
             them
             ,
             telling
             that
             he
             found
             it
             decreed
             by
             his
             Predecessors
             ,
             that
             they
             should
             be
             abolished
             ,
             
               Prohibititam
               ab
               ,
               hac
               sacrâ
               sede
               ,
               quam
               à
               totius
               orbis
               Episcopis
               .
               —
               Nam
               (
               ut
               nobis
               relatum
               est
               )
               quidam
               Episcoporum
               ,
               propter
               suam
               quietem
               ,
               eis
               plebes
               suas
               committere
               non
               formidant
               .
            
             And
             falls
             severely
             on
             these
             Bishops
             ,
             and
             compares
             them
             to
             Mercenaries
             and
             Whores
             ,
             that
             give
             out
             their
             Children
             to
             others
             to
             suckle
             .
             He
             proves
             they
             were
             not
             Bishops
             ,
             because
             not
             ordained
             by
             three
             Bishops
             ,
             and
             descants
             upon
             the
             Canons
             of
             Neocesarea
             and
             Antioch
             ,
             which
             seem
             to
             import
             ,
             as
             if
             they
             had
             the
             Ordination
             of
             Bishops
             ;
             adding
             ,
             
               Cesset
               ergo
               ,
               cesset
               tot
               vicibus
               damnata
               praesumptio
               .
            
             And
             yet
             Pope
             Leo
             (
             as
             we
             have
             already
             cited
             )
             who
             was
             Bishop
             of
             Rome
             about
             70.
             years
             after
             him
             ,
             makes
             mention
             of
             them
             .
             And
             notwithstanding
             all
             he
             saith
             against
             them
             ,
             of
             their
             being
             condemned
             ,
             it
             doth
             not
             appear
             when
             or
             where
             it
             was
             so
             done
             .
             Express
             mention
             is
             made
             of
             them
             in
             the
             Council
             of
             Nice
             ,
             Canon
             8.
             as
             of
             a
             rank
             distinct
             from
             Presbyters
             .
             It
             being
             there
             provided
             ,
             that
             such
             
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
               〈◊〉
            
             ,
             as
             returned
             to
             the
             unity
             of
             the
             Church
             ,
             should
             continue
             in
             that
             same
             Order
             of
             the
             Clergy
             ,
             wherein
             they
             were
             before
             ,
             only
             such
             of
             them
             as
             were
             Bishops
             might
             not
             continue
             Bishops
             of
             a
             City
             ,
             where
             there
             was
             already
             a
             Bishop
             
             placed
             :
             because
             there
             could
             not
             be
             two
             Bishops
             in
             one
             City
             :
             but
             if
             it
             pleased
             the
             Bishop
             ,
             they
             might
             either
             retain
             the
             bare
             name
             of
             a
             Bishop
             ,
             or
             be
             made
             Chorepiscopi
             ,
             or
             continue
             among
             the
             Presbyters
             .
          
           
             Mention
             also
             is
             made
             of
             them
             in
             the
             2.
             
             Canon
             of
             the
             general
             Council
             of
             Chalcedon
             ,
             which
             shews
             ,
             that
             at
             that
             time
             they
             were
             not
             wholly
             taken
             away
             :
             but
             the
             latest
             accounts
             we
             have
             of
             them
             is
             in
             France
             ,
             where
             it
             seems
             they
             continued
             longest
             .
             
               Conc.
               Paris
               .
               An.
            
             829.
             they
             are
             cap.
             27.
             compared
             to
             the
             70
             Disciples
             ,
             according
             to
             that
             of
             Neocesarea
             ,
             and
             Bishops
             are
             appointed
             to
             see
             that
             they
             did
             nothing
             beyond
             what
             was
             permitted
             to
             them
             by
             the
             Canons
             .
             The
             like
             is
             decreed
             
               Conc.
               Meldensi
               ,
               An.
            
             845.
             cap.
             44.
             
             And
             it
             is
             expressed
             there
             ,
             that
             they
             might
             neither
             give
             the
             holy
             Chrisma
             ,
             nor
             the
             holy
             Ghost
             ,
             nor
             confer
             any
             Order
             above
             that
             of
             a
             Subdeacon
             ,
             nor
             consecrate
             Churches
             .
             
               Conc.
               Metensi
               ,
               Anno
            
             888.
             cap.
             5.
             
             It
             was
             decreed
             ,
             That
             Churches
             consecrated
             by
             them
             were
             to
             be
             again
             consecrated
             by
             a
             Bishop
             ,
             and
             any
             thing
             they
             did
             which
             was
             proper
             to
             a
             Bishop
             was
             declared
             null
             ,
             and
             they
             are
             reckoned
             all
             one
             with
             Presbyters
             ;
             and
             here
             we
             lose
             sight
             of
             them
             ,
             hearing
             no
             more
             of
             them
             :
             for
             as
             they
             arose
             insensibly
             ,
             so
             they
             vanished
             in
             the
             like
             fashion
             .
             So
             much
             of
             them
             and
             upon
             the
             first
             Canon
             .
          
        
      
       
         
         
           The
           SECOND
           CANON
           .
        
         
           
             
               
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
                 〈◊〉
              
               .
            
             
               A
               Presbyter
               shall
               be
               ordained
               by
               one
               Bishop
               ,
               so
               likewise
               a
               Deacon
               ,
               and
               the
               rest
               of
               the
               Clergy
               .
            
          
        
         
           WE
           find
           most
           of
           the
           Fathers
           ,
           even
           Ierome
           himself
           ,
           drawing
           the
           subordination
           among
           Churchmen
           from
           what
           was
           under
           the
           Law
           ;
           and
           therefore
           Deacons
           were
           ordinarily
           called
           Levites
           .
           But
           there
           is
           more
           ground
           to
           think
           ,
           it
           was
           immediately
           taken
           from
           the
           form
           of
           the
           Synagogue
           ,
           tho
           that
           constitution
           might
           have
           had
           its
           rise
           from
           the
           model
           of
           the
           Temple-service
           .
           I
           shall
           not
           here
           engage
           in
           a
           large
           Examen
           of
           the
           first
           Origine
           and
           rise
           of
           the
           Synagogues
           ,
           or
           of
           the
           worship
           performed
           in
           them
           ,
           or
           debate
           whether
           they
           began
           before
           
           the
           Captivity
           ,
           in
           it
           ,
           or
           after
           it
           .
           Nor
           what
           ground
           there
           may
           be
           from
           the
           word
           Synagogue
           used
           Psalm
           74.8
           .
           to
           assert
           their
           early
           date
           .
           But
           certain
           it
           is
           ,
           that
           the
           Temple
           worship
           was
           merely
           typical
           ,
           in
           which
           the
           whole
           people
           were
           to
           assist
           ,
           but
           as
           a
           few
           returns
           of
           the
           year
           .
           And
           beside
           this
           ,
           the
           Law
           of
           Nature
           dictates
           ,
           that
           GOD
           is
           to
           be
           frequently
           and
           solemnly
           worshipped
           by
           such
           as
           acknowledge
           his
           great
           Name
           ,
           which
           will
           plead
           for
           an
           early
           rise
           to
           these
           Assemblies
           .
        
         
           But
           be
           in
           that
           what
           may
           be
           ,
           two
           things
           are
           certain
           .
           The
           one
           is
           ,
           that
           Synagogues
           were
           constitute
           in
           our
           Saviour's
           time
           ,
           and
           that
           there
           were
           Rulers
           ,
           and
           chief
           Rulers
           in
           these
           Synagogues
           ,
           that
           in
           them
           Prayers
           were
           said
           ,
           the
           Law
           was
           read
           ,
           expounded
           ,
           and
           exhortations
           made
           upon
           it
           ,
           and
           Discipline
           was
           used
           ,
           and
           such
           as
           were
           faulty
           were
           cast
           out
           of
           these
           Synagogues
           .
           All
           this
           is
           evident
           from
           the
           New
           Testament
           :
           and
           much
           more
           than
           this
           can
           be
           gathered
           out
           of
           Iewish
           writings
           .
           Now
           our
           Saviour's
           going
           into
           these
           Synagogues
           ,
           reading
           the
           Law
           ,
           and
           preaching
           in
           them
           ,
           doth
           abundantly
           evince
           ,
           that
           this
           constitution
           was
           not
           unlawful
           .
        
         
           Another
           thing
           is
           as
           clear
           from
           the
           Old
           Testament
           ,
           that
           there
           was
           neither
           written
           command
           ,
           nor
           warrant
           for
           such
           Assemblies
           ;
           and
           the
           contrary
           of
           this
           none
           can
           undertake
           to
           make
           out
           .
           
           From
           which
           positions
           ,
           both
           of
           them
           equally
           clear
           and
           certain
           ,
           a
           great
           step
           might
           be
           made
           for
           the
           calming
           and
           composing
           of
           debates
           about
           Government
           ,
           were
           heats
           and
           prejudices
           out
           of
           the
           way
           .
           It
           being
           apparent
           ,
           that
           there
           was
           an
           entire
           frame
           of
           Church
           Government
           ,
           and
           worship
           among
           the
           Iews
           ,
           which
           was
           not
           unlawful
           ,
           though
           not
           of
           divine
           Institution
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           Synagogues
           there
           was
           (
           as
           is
           marked
           before
           )
           first
           ,
           one
           that
           was
           called
           the
           
             Bishop
             of
             the
             Congregation
          
           .
           Next
           ,
           the
           three
           Orderers
           ,
           and
           Judges
           of
           every
           thing
           about
           the
           Synagogue
           ,
           who
           were
           called
           Tsekenim
           ,
           and
           by
           the
           Greeks
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ,
           or
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           .
           These
           ordered
           and
           determined
           every
           thing
           that
           concerned
           the
           Synagogues
           ,
           or
           the
           persons
           in
           it
           .
           Next
           them
           ,
           were
           the
           three
           Parnassin
           or
           Deacons
           ,
           whose
           charge
           was
           to
           gather
           the
           collections
           of
           the
           Rich
           ,
           and
           to
           distribute
           them
           to
           the
           poor
           :
           And
           these
           were
           called
           
             Septem
             viri
             boni
             Civitatis
          
           .
           The
           term
           Elder
           ,
           was
           generally
           given
           to
           all
           their
           Judges
           :
           but
           chiefly
           to
           these
           of
           the
           great
           Sanhedrin
           ,
           so
           we
           have
           it
           ,
           Matth.
           16.21
           .
           Mark
           8.31
           .
           14.43
           .
           and
           15.1
           .
           And
           Acts
           23.14
           .
           And
           for
           a
           fuller
           satisfaction
           to
           this
           ,
           I
           must
           refer
           you
           to
           such
           as
           have
           given
           an
           account
           of
           the
           Synagogue
           out
           of
           the
           Iewish
           Writers
           .
        
         
           Next
           ,
           a
           great
           deal
           might
           be
           said
           ,
           to
           prove
           that
           the
           Apostles
           in
           their
           first
           constitutions
           ,
           took
           
           things
           as
           they
           had
           them
           modelled
           to
           their
           hand
           in
           the
           Synagogue
           :
           and
           this
           they
           did
           ,
           both
           because
           it
           was
           not
           their
           design
           to
           innovate
           ,
           except
           where
           the
           nature
           of
           the
           Gospel
           Dispensation
           obliged
           them
           to
           it
           .
           As
           also
           ,
           because
           they
           took
           all
           means
           possible
           to
           gain
           the
           Jews
           ,
           who
           we
           find
           were
           zealous
           adherers
           to
           the
           traditions
           of
           their
           Fathers
           ,
           and
           not
           easily
           weaned
           from
           these
           precepts
           of
           Moses
           ,
           which
           by
           
           Christ's
           Death
           were
           evacuated
           :
           And
           if
           the
           Apostles
           went
           so
           great
           a
           length
           in
           complying
           with
           them
           in
           greater
           matters
           ,
           as
           Circumcision
           ,
           and
           other
           legal
           observances
           ,
           (
           which
           appears
           from
           the
           Acts
           and
           Epistles
           )
           we
           have
           good
           grounds
           to
           suppose
           ,
           that
           they
           would
           have
           yielded
           to
           them
           in
           what
           was
           more
           innocent
           and
           less
           important
           .
           Besides
           ,
           there
           appears
           both
           in
           our
           Lord
           himself
           ,
           and
           in
           his
           Apostles
           ,
           a
           great
           inclination
           to
           symbolize
           with
           them
           ,
           as
           far
           as
           was
           possible
           .
           Now
           the
           nature
           of
           the
           Christian
           Worship
           shews
           evidently
           ,
           that
           it
           came
           in
           the
           room
           of
           the
           Synagogue
           ,
           which
           was
           moral
           ,
           and
           not
           of
           the
           Temple-Worship
           ,
           which
           was
           typical
           and
           ceremonial
           .
           Likewise
           ,
           this
           parity
           of
           Customs
           betwixt
           the
           Iews
           and
           Christians
           ,
           was
           such
           ,
           that
           it
           made
           them
           be
           taken
           by
           the
           Romans
           ,
           and
           other
           more
           overly
           observers
           ,
           for
           one
           sect
           of
           Religion
           :
           and
           finally
           ,
           any
           that
           will
           impartially
           read
           the
           New
           Testament
           ,
           will
           find
           ,
           that
           when
           the
           forms
           of
           
           Government
           ,
           or
           Worship
           are
           treated
           of
           ,
           it
           is
           not
           done
           with
           such
           architectonical
           exactness
           ,
           as
           was
           necessary
           ,
           if
           a
           new
           thing
           had
           been
           instituted
           ,
           which
           we
           find
           practiced
           by
           Moses
           .
           But
           the
           Apostles
           rather
           speak
           ,
           as
           these
           who
           give
           rules
           for
           the
           ordering
           ,
           and
           directing
           of
           what
           was
           already
           in
           being
           .
           From
           all
           which
           it
           seems
           well
           grounded
           and
           rational
           to
           assume
           ,
           that
           the
           first
           constitution
           of
           the
           Christian
           Churches
           ,
           was
           taken
           from
           the
           model
           of
           the
           Synagogue
           ,
           in
           which
           these
           Elders
           were
           separated
           ,
           for
           the
           discharge
           of
           their
           imployments
           ,
           by
           an
           imposition
           of
           hands
           ,
           as
           all
           Iewish
           Writers
           do
           clearly
           witness
           .
        
         
           So
           the
           Presbyters
           of
           the
           Christian
           Church
           were
           ordained
           by
           an
           Imposition
           of
           hands
           .
           Their
           power
           was
           not
           only
           to
           preach
           ,
           which
           (
           as
           I
           shewed
           already
           )
           was
           common
           to
           others
           ,
           but
           also
           to
           administer
           Sacraments
           ;
           so
           that
           it
           is
           true
           which
           Ierome
           saith
           ,
           
             Communi
             consilio
             Presbyterorum
             res
             gerebantur
          
           .
        
         
           We
           have
           already
           considered
           ,
           how
           necessary
           it
           was
           judged
           ,
           that
           no
           Ordination
           of
           Presbyters
           might
           be
           gone
           about
           without
           the
           presence
           and
           concurrence
           of
           the
           Bishop
           ,
           as
           the
           principal
           Person
           ,
           which
           was
           judged
           necessary
           (
           as
           I
           suppose
           )
           more
           upon
           the
           account
           of
           Unity
           and
           Order
           ,
           than
           from
           the
           nature
           of
           the
           thing
           in
           its
           self
           :
           for
           taking
           things
           in
           themselves
           ,
           it
           will
           follow
           ,
           that
           
           whatever
           power
           one
           hath
           ,
           he
           may
           transmit
           to
           another
           ;
           and
           therefore
           there
           seems
           to
           be
           small
           reason
           ,
           why
           one
           who
           hath
           the
           power
           of
           preaching
           the
           Gospel
           ,
           and
           administring
           Sacraments
           ,
           may
           not
           also
           transmit
           the
           same
           to
           others
           :
           and
           it
           seems
           unreasonable
           so
           to
           appropriate
           this
           to
           a
           Bishop
           ,
           as
           to
           annul
           these
           Ordinations
           which
           were
           managed
           by
           Presbyters
           ,
           where
           Bishops
           could
           not
           be
           had
           .
           Maimonides
           saith
           ,
           
             Every
             one
             regularly
             ordained
             ,
             hath
             power
             to
             ordain
             his
             Disciples
             also
             .
          
        
         
           There
           remains
           nothing
           to
           be
           cleared
           about
           this
           from
           Antiquity
           ,
           save
           the
           13
           Canon
           of
           the
           Council
           of
           Ancyra
           ,
           which
           runs
           thus
           .
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ,
           (
           others
           read
           )
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           .
           Others
           read
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           .
        
         
           Now
           the
           difficulty
           raised
           about
           this
           Canon
           is
           this
           ,
           that
           if
           the
           reading
           be
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           and
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ,
           then
           it
           will
           follow
           ,
           that
           the
           Presbyters
           of
           the
           City
           might
           have
           ordained
           without
           the
           Bishops
           presence
           ,
           if
           they
           had
           his
           warrant
           in
           writing
           .
           Yea
           ,
           they
           also
           infer
           ,
           that
           it
           is
           probable
           that
           before
           that
           ,
           they
           ordained
           even
           without
           the
           Bishops
           warrant
           ,
           to
           which
           they
           were
           limited
           by
           this
           Canon
           :
           and
           upon
           this
           
             Wallo
             Messalinus
          
           triumphs
           not
           a
           little
           .
           But
           Blondel
           chused
           
           rather
           to
           read
           the
           Canon
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ;
           as
           if
           the
           meaning
           of
           it
           were
           ,
           that
           the
           Chorepiscopi
           could
           not
           have
           ordained
           either
           Presbyters
           or
           Deacons
           ;
           nor
           the
           Presbyters
           of
           the
           City
           without
           the
           Bishops
           Warrant
           in
           writing
           ;
           which
           will
           infer
           ,
           that
           they
           might
           have
           done
           it
           being
           so
           warranted
           .
           It
           is
           true
           ,
           Binnius
           hath
           read
           it
           so
           ;
           so
           also
           hath
           
             Gentianus
             Hervetus
          
           ,
           as
           appears
           by
           his
           Latin
           version
           of
           this
           Council
           .
           The
           
             Arabick
             Manuscript
          
           also
           favors
           this
           .
           And
           it
           is
           directly
           asserted
           by
           Zonaras
           on
           this
           Canon
           ,
           and
           Aristenus
           .
        
         
           But
           it
           is
           contradicted
           by
           the
           whole
           tract
           of
           Antiquity
           ,
           whom
           we
           find
           all
           concurring
           in
           this
           ,
           that
           the
           Chorepiscopi
           might
           neither
           ordain
           Presbyters
           ,
           nor
           Deacons
           without
           a
           Bishop
           ,
           as
           was
           cleared
           in
           its
           due
           place
           .
           Fut
           for
           that
           of
           
             Wallo
             Messalinus
          
           ,
           it
           will
           appear
           to
           be
           ill
           grounded
           :
           For
           first
           ,
           it
           is
           certain
           that
           the
           Chorepiscopi
           were
           a
           dignity
           above
           Presbyters
           .
           It
           will
           be
           therefore
           unreasonable
           to
           think
           that
           Presbyters
           could
           do
           that
           which
           was
           unlawful
           to
           the
           other
           .
           Besides
           ,
           how
           bad
           an
           Inference
           is
           it
           from
           one
           Canon
           of
           a
           Provincial
           Council
           ,
           of
           which
           there
           are
           such
           various
           readings
           ,
           to
           argue
           for
           a
           thing
           which
           is
           not
           only
           without
           any
           other
           ground
           ,
           but
           also
           contrary
           to
           the
           whole
           Current
           of
           Antiquity
           ?
           And
           it
           was
           but
           few
           years
           after
           this
           ,
           that
           in
           Alexandria
           the
           Ordinations
           given
           by
           Colutbus
           ,
           who
           
           was
           but
           a
           Presbyter
           ,
           and
           only
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ,
           were
           annulled
           .
           Now
           Ancyra
           being
           in
           Asia
           the
           lesser
           ,
           and
           divers
           Bishops
           out
           of
           Syria
           being
           there
           ,
           in
           particular
           the
           Bishops
           of
           Antioch
           and
           Cesarea
           ,
           who
           subscribed
           first
           ;
           how
           came
           it
           that
           there
           was
           no
           notice
           of
           this
           had
           at
           Alexandria
           ,
           to
           have
           prevented
           their
           severe
           Sentence
           in
           the
           Case
           of
           Colutbus
           ?
        
         
           But
           to
           consider
           the
           readings
           of
           the
           Canon
           ,
           Binius
           reads
           it
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           so
           Iustellus
           :
           it
           is
           true
           ,
           he
           hath
           on
           the
           margin
           (
           aliter
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           )
           Hervetus
           hath
           translated
           it
           ,
           
             in
             alienâ
             Parochia
          
           .
           Now
           if
           this
           be
           the
           true
           reading
           ,
           the
           meaning
           of
           it
           will
           run
           thus
           .
           Whereas
           by
           a
           great
           many
           other
           Canons
           ,
           Presbyters
           were
           so
           tied
           to
           their
           Bishop
           ,
           that
           no
           Bishop
           was
           to
           receive
           the
           Presbyter
           of
           another
           Bishop
           ,
           without
           his
           Bishops
           Warrant
           and
           Licence
           ,
           and
           his
           
             literae
             pacificae
          
           ,
           and
           dimissoriae
           .
           So
           here
           the
           Presbyters
           of
           the
           City
           are
           discharged
           to
           go
           and
           assist
           at
           Ordinations
           ,
           in
           other
           Parishes
           ,
           without
           a
           written
           Licence
           from
           their
           own
           Bishop
           .
        
         
           But
           as
           this
           Canon
           is
           read
           (
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           )
           by
           some
           ,
           so
           they
           seem
           to
           have
           added
           to
           it
           ,
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ,
           or
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ;
           so
           that
           the
           meaning
           of
           it
           is
           ,
           that
           the
           Presbyters
           of
           the
           City
           might
           do
           nothing
           without
           the
           Bishop's
           Warrant
           and
           Licence
           in
           writing
           :
           Thus
           have
           both
           
             Isidorus
             Mercator
          
           ,
           and
           
             Dionysius
             Exiguns
          
           read
           it
           ,
           as
           appears
           by
           their
           Latin
           
           versions
           which
           are
           ,
           
             Sed
             nec
             Presbyteris
             civitatis
             (
             licet
             )
             sine
             Episcopi
             praecepto
             ,
             aliquid
             amplius
             imperare
             ,
             vel
             sine
             authoritate
             literarum
             ejus
             '
             in
             unaquaque
             Parochiâ
             aliquid
             agere
             .
          
           And
           this
           is
           according
           to
           
           Binius's
           Edition
           of
           them
           .
           But
           in
           another
           Edition
           of
           
             Dionysius
             Exiguus
          
           by
           Iustellus
           ,
           he
           seems
           to
           have
           read
           it
           simply
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ,
           without
           any
           supplement
           .
        
         
           Another
           old
           Latin
           Edition
           published
           by
           Iustellus
           hath
           ,
           
             Sed
             neque
             Presbyteris
             civitatis
             licere
             ,
             sine
             jussione
             Episcopi
             ,
             sed
             cum
             ejusdem
             literis
             eundi
             ad
             singulas
             Parochias
             .
             Ioannes
             Antiochen
          
           in
           his
           
             Collectio
             Canonum
          
           ,
           reads
           it
           simply
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           .
           Ferrandus
           in
           his
           
             Breviatio
             Canonum
          
           ,
           Canon
           92.
           cites
           this
           part
           of
           the
           Canon
           thus
           :
           
             Ut
             Presbyteri
             civitatis
             ,
             sine
             jussu
             Episcopi
             ,
             nihil
             jubeant
             ,
             nec
             in
             unaguaque
             Paroeciâ
             aliquid
             agant
             .
             Alexius
             Aristinus
          
           in
           his
           Synopsis
           ,
           hath
           the
           first
           part
           of
           the
           Canon
           ,
           but
           wants
           the
           second
           part
           .
           (
           And
           in
           his
           Gloss
           agrees
           with
           Zonaras
           ,
           as
           was
           before
           observed
           .
           )
           And
           so
           doth
           
             Simeon
             Logotheta
          
           ,
           in
           his
           
             Epitome
             Canonum
          
           .
           And
           by
           this
           diversity
           of
           reading
           ,
           it
           will
           appear
           how
           little
           ground
           there
           is
           for
           founding
           any
           thing
           upon
           this
           Canon
           alone
           ,
           especially
           when
           that
           alledged
           from
           it
           ,
           is
           contradicted
           by
           undeniable
           Evidences
           .
        
         
           But
           as
           Presbyters
           might
           not
           ordain
           without
           Bishops
           ,
           so
           neither
           could
           Bishops
           ordain
           without
           the
           advice
           ,
           consent
           ,
           and
           concurrence
           of
           
           their
           Presbyters
           
             Conc.
             Carth.
             4.
             
             Canon
             22.
             
             Ut
             Episcopus
             ,
             sine
             concilio
             Clericorum
             suorum
             ,
             Clericos
             non
             ordinet
             ,
             ita
             ut
             cirvium
             testimonium
             &
             co●●iventiam
             quaerat
             .
          
           And
           it
           was
           laid
           to
           
           Chrysostone's
           charge
           ,
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           .
           And
           in
           the
           
             Roman
             Council
          
           held
           by
           Sylvester
           (
           if
           credit
           be
           due
           to
           the
           Registers
           of
           that
           Council
           ,
           which
           are
           indeed
           justly
           questionable
           )
           it
           was
           decreed
           ,
           cap.
           11.
           that
           one
           was
           to
           be
           ordained
           a
           Presbyter
           ,
           
             cum
             omnes
             Presbyteri
             declararent
             &
             firmarent
             ,
             &
             sic
             ad
             ordinem
             Presbyterii
             accederet
             .
          
           And
           none
           was
           to
           be
           made
           a
           Bishop
           ,
           
             nisi
             omnis
             Clerus
             expeteret
             uno
             voto
             perenni
             .
          
        
         
           It
           is
           likewise
           certain
           ,
           that
           all
           things
           were
           done
           by
           the
           joint
           advice
           of
           Bishop
           and
           Presbyters
           .
           Neither
           were
           these
           wretched
           contests
           ,
           of
           the
           limits
           of
           Power
           ,
           much
           thought
           on
           ,
           or
           tossed
           among
           them
           .
           The
           Bishops
           pretending
           to
           no
           more
           ,
           than
           Presbyters
           were
           willing
           to
           yield
           to
           them
           ;
           and
           Presbyters
           claiming
           no
           more
           than
           Bishops
           were
           ready
           to
           allow
           them
           .
           Their
           contentions
           lay
           chiefly
           with
           these
           that
           were
           without
           ;
           those
           intestine
           Fewds
           and
           Broils
           being
           reserved
           for
           our
           unhappy
           days
           .
        
         
           But
           as
           we
           find
           Cyprian
           amply
           declaring
           ,
           how
           he
           resolved
           to
           do
           nothing
           without
           the
           consent
           of
           his
           Clergy
           ,
           and
           People
           :
           so
           in
           the
           African
           ,
           Churches
           ,
           that
           course
           continued
           longest
           in
           
           vigor
           .
           Divers
           instances
           whereof
           appear
           in
           the
           4.
           
           Council
           of
           Carthage
           ;
           one
           I
           have
           already
           cited
           ,
           to
           which
           I
           shall
           add
           three
           more
           ,
           
             Can.
             23.
             
             Episcopus
             nullius
             causans
             audiat
             ,
             absque
             praesentiâ
             Clericorum
             suorum
             ,
             alioquin
             irrita
             erit
             sententia
             Episcopi
             ,
             nisi
             Clericorum
             praesentiâ
             confirmetur
             .
             Can.
             34.
             
             Episcopus
             in
             quolibet
             loco
             sedens
             ,
             stare
             Presbyterum
             non
             patiatur
             .
          
           And
           
             Can.
             35.
             
             Episcopus
             in
             Ecclesiâ
             ,
             &
             in
             consessu
             Presbyterorum
             ,
             sublimior
             sedeat
             ;
             intra
             domum
             vero
             ,
             collegam
             Prebyterorum
             sese
             esse
             cognoscat
             .
          
        
         
           There
           were
           two
           ranks
           of
           Presbyters
           ,
           as
           clearly
           appears
           from
           the
           13.
           
           Canon
           of
           Neocesareo
           ,
           to
           wit
           ,
           the
           Presbyters
           of
           the
           City
           ,
           and
           the
           Presbyters
           of
           the
           Country
           .
           The
           former
           were
           the
           more
           eminent
           ,
           in
           so
           far
           that
           the
           latter
           might
           not
           consecrate
           the
           Eucharist
           within
           the
           Church
           of
           the
           City
           in
           their
           presence
           ,
           which
           appears
           from
           the
           cited
           Canon
           .
           Over
           the
           Presbyters
           of
           the
           Country
           were
           the
           Chorepiscopi
           ,
           of
           whom
           already
           ;
           but
           the
           Presbyters
           of
           the
           City
           being
           next
           at
           hand
           ,
           were
           the
           Bishops
           Counsel
           ,
           and
           advisers
           in
           all
           matters
           .
           The
           Bishop
           and
           they
           had
           the
           oversight
           of
           the
           Souls
           within
           the
           City
           .
           They
           were
           also
           to
           be
           maintained
           out
           of
           the
           Treasury
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           and
           were
           called
           Canonici
           or
           Praebendarii
           .
           The
           reason
           why
           they
           were
           called
           Canonici
           ,
           was
           either
           ,
           because
           of
           their
           regular
           observing
           of
           the
           course
           of
           Worship
           ,
           and
           hours
           of
           
           Prayer
           :
           or
           because
           of
           the
           distributions
           that
           were
           made
           among
           them
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           Canon
           or
           Rule
           ,
           and
           from
           the
           share
           that
           was
           assigned
           to
           them
           ,
           called
           Praebenda
           ,
           they
           got
           the
           name
           Praebendarii
           .
        
         
           This
           Consessus
           or
           
             Collegium
             Presbyterorum
          
           ,
           was
           afterwards
           designed
           by
           the
           barbarous
           word
           Capitulum
           .
           The
           chief
           over
           them
           ,
           or
           the
           
             Vice
             praeses
          
           next
           to
           the
           Bishop
           was
           called
           Archipresbyter
           ,
           or
           
             Decanus
             ,
             Idem
             quod
             decurio
             ,
             qui
             decem
             militibus
             praeerat
             :
          
           And
           insensibly
           the
           whole
           Ecclesiastical
           Jurisdiction
           crept
           into
           their
           hands
           .
           The
           Presbyters
           of
           the
           Country
           either
           neglecting
           it
           ,
           or
           being
           neglected
           in
           it
           .
           But
           without
           the
           Capitulum
           ,
           nothing
           that
           the
           Bishop
           did
           was
           valid
           .
        
         
           However
           ,
           when
           the
           first
           servor
           and
           vigor
           of
           Church
           Discipline
           slacken'd
           :
           avarice
           and
           ambition
           creeping
           in
           apace
           into
           the
           Hearts
           of
           Churchmen
           ,
           these
           Chanoins
           or
           Praebends
           not
           contented
           with
           their
           allowances
           out
           of
           the
           Church
           of
           the
           City
           ,
           which
           were
           too
           small
           for
           their
           growing
           desires
           ,
           got
           Churches
           in
           the
           Country
           annexed
           to
           them
           :
           and
           for
           most
           part
           serv'd
           them
           by
           Substitutes
           ,
           except
           at
           the
           return
           of
           some
           solemn
           Festivities
           :
           and
           by
           this
           means
           it
           was
           ,
           that
           Church
           Discipline
           fell
           totally
           into
           the
           Bishops
           hands
           ;
           and
           the
           ancient
           model
           being
           laid
           aside
           ,
           new
           Courts
           which
           were
           unknown
           to
           Antiquity
           ,
           were
           set
           up
           .
           As
           these
           of
           the
           
             Arch-deacons
             ,
             
             Chancellors
             ,
             Officials
             ,
             Surrogates
             ,
          
           &c.
           
           However
           the
           Praebends
           ,
           though
           they
           had
           deserted
           their
           Interest
           in
           Church-Discipline
           ,
           yet
           two
           things
           they
           stuck
           to
           ,
           because
           of
           the
           advantage
           and
           power
           that
           followed
           them
           .
        
         
           The
           one
           was
           the
           capitular
           Elections
           of
           the
           Bishop
           ,
           and
           the
           other
           was
           the
           meddling
           with
           ,
           and
           disposing
           of
           the
           Church
           Revenues
           ,
           and
           Treasure
           .
           But
           it
           was
           a
           gross
           Contradiction
           to
           the
           ends
           of
           Government
           ,
           that
           the
           Bishop
           alone
           might
           manage
           the
           Spiritual
           part
           of
           his
           Charge
           ,
           but
           must
           be
           limited
           to
           the
           advice
           of
           his
           Presbyters
           for
           the
           governing
           of
           the
           Temporality
           .
           Yet
           this
           was
           a
           farther
           proof
           of
           that
           saying
           ,
           
             Religio
             peperit
             divitias
             ,
             &
             filia
             devoravit
             matrem
             .
          
           And
           thus
           far
           we
           have
           seen
           what
           Interest
           Presbyters
           had
           within
           their
           own
           Parish
           ,
           (
           mark
           that
           at
           first
           the
           Bishops
           Precinct
           was
           called
           Parish
           ,
           and
           not
           Diocese
           )
           neither
           was
           the
           meeting
           of
           the
           Bishop
           with
           his
           Presbyters
           called
           a
           Synod
           :
           by
           which
           we
           see
           how
           weak
           that
           Allegiance
           is
           ,
           that
           there
           were
           no
           
             Diocesan
             Bishops
          
           in
           the
           first
           Centuries
           ,
           it
           being
           merely
           a
           playing
           with
           the
           word
           Diocess
           .
        
         
           But
           let
           us
           next
           consider
           what
           Interest
           Presbyters
           had
           in
           Provincial
           or
           
             National
             Councils
          
           .
           If
           that
           of
           the
           Acts
           15.
           was
           a
           Synod
           ,
           in
           it
           we
           have
           Presbyter
           subscribing
           with
           the
           Apostles
           .
           Brethren
           are
           also
           there
           added
           ,
           not
           as
           if
           there
           had
           
           been
           any
           Laicks
           elected
           out
           of
           the
           Laity
           ,
           such
           as
           these
           are
           who
           are
           now
           vulgarly
           called
           Lay-Elders
           ,
           but
           some
           more
           eminent
           Christians
           ,
           whom
           as
           the
           Apostles
           call'd
           then
           ,
           so
           the
           Bishops
           continued
           afterward
           to
           consult
           and
           advise
           with
           in
           Ecclesiastick
           matters
           .
           But
           that
           Presbyters
           sate
           in
           Provincial
           Synods
           in
           the
           first
           and
           purest
           Ages
           ,
           is
           undeniably
           clear
           .
           When
           Victor
           held
           the
           Council
           at
           Rome
           about
           the
           day
           of
           
             Easter
             ,
             Damasus
          
           tells
           that
           it
           was
           
             collatione
             facta
             cum
             Presbyteris
             &
             Diaconibus
             .
          
           Likewise
           in
           the
           Council
           that
           Cyprian
           held
           ,
           about
           the
           rebaptizing
           of
           Hereticks
           ,
           there
           were
           present
           ,
           
             Episcopi
             plurimi
             ex
             provinciâ
             Africanâ
             ,
             Numidiâ
             ,
             Mauritaniâ
             ,
             cum
             Presbyteris
             &
             Diaconibus
             ,
             praesente
             etiam
             plebis
             maximâ
             parte
             .
          
           And
           his
           contemporary
           Firmilian
           ,
           whose
           Epistle
           is
           the
           75.
           among
           
           Cyprian's
           ,
           tells
           us
           ,
           how
           there
           were
           yearly
           Synods
           of
           Bishops
           and
           Presbyters
           ,
           
             Quâ
             ex
             causâ
          
           ,
           saith
           he
           ,
           
             necessario
             apud
             nos
             sit
             ,
             ut
             per
             singulos
             annos
             seniores
             &
             Presbyteri
             ,
          
           (
           by
           which
           it
           is
           clear
           ,
           that
           he
           can
           mean
           none
           ,
           but
           Presbyters
           and
           Bishops
           )
           
             in
             unum
             conveniamus
             ,
             ad
             disponenda
             ea
             ,
             quae
             curae
             nostrae
             commissa
             sunt
             .
          
        
         
           
             Eusebius
             lib.
          
           6.
           cap.
           35.
           tells
           ,
           That
           upon
           the
           account
           of
           
           Novatus's
           Schism
           ,
           there
           was
           held
           at
           Rome
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ,
           which
           consisted
           of
           sixty
           Bishops
           ,
           and
           many
           more
           Presbyters
           ,
           and
           Deacons
           ,
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           .
           He
           likewise
           tells
           ,
           lib.
           7.
           cap.
           27.
           
           How
           
           that
           upon
           
           Samosatenus's
           Heresie
           ,
           there
           was
           a
           great
           Synod
           held
           in
           Antioch
           :
           and
           after
           he
           hath
           set
           down
           the
           names
           of
           some
           Bishops
           there
           present
           ,
           he
           adds
           ,
           that
           there
           were
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           .
           And
           their
           Synodal
           Letter
           is
           written
           in
           the
           name
           of
           the
           Bishops
           ,
           Presbyters
           and
           Deacons
           .
        
         
           In
           the
           Council
           of
           Eliberis
           in
           Spain
           ,
           there
           were
           19.
           
           Bishops
           ,
           
             residentibus
             originta
             sex
             Presbyteris
             ,
             abstantibus
             Diaconibus
             &
             omni
             plebe
             .
          
           In
           the
           Provincial
           Council
           at
           Arles
           ,
           which
           judged
           in
           the
           matter
           of
           
           Donatus's
           Schism
           ,
           Constantine
           the
           Emperor
           being
           present
           ,
           where
           were
           about
           two
           hundred
           Bishops
           from
           divers
           Nations
           ,
           from
           
             Italy
             ,
             France
             ,
             Spain
             ,
             Sicily
             ,
             Sardinia
             ,
             Africk
             ,
             Numidia
             ,
          
           and
           Britain
           ,
           the
           Canons
           of
           that
           Council
           are
           subscribed
           by
           many
           Presbyters
           and
           Deacons
           .
           And
           if
           the
           Story
           of
           the
           Council
           of
           Rome
           under
           Sylvester
           be
           true
           ,
           it
           is
           subscribed
           by
           284.
           
           Bishops
           ,
           45.
           
           Presbyters
           ,
           and
           5.
           
           Deacons
           .
           Now
           all
           these
           being
           before
           the
           Council
           of
           Nice
           ,
           evince
           that
           in
           the
           first
           and
           best
           ages
           ,
           Presbyters
           voted
           and
           judged
           in
           Provincial
           Councils
           ,
           and
           if
           in
           Provincials
           ,
           why
           not
           in
           General
           ones
           ?
        
         
           The
           Council
           of
           Nice
           is
           subscribed
           by
           some
           Chorepiscopi
           ,
           and
           one
           Chorepiscopus
           subscribes
           in
           the
           Council
           of
           Ephesus
           ,
           And
           if
           Chorepiscopi
           be
           (
           as
           it
           is
           the
           opinion
           of
           some
           )
           in
           their
           natural
           dignity
           only
           Presbyters
           ,
           then
           we
           have
           Presbyters
           
           also
           subscribing
           General
           Councils
           .
           Besides
           that
           in
           the
           Council
           of
           Constantinople
           ,
           and
           Ephesus
           ,
           divers
           Bishops
           subscribed
           by
           Presbyters
           :
           from
           all
           which
           it
           is
           clear
           ,
           that
           there
           is
           no
           ground
           from
           Antiquity
           to
           exclude
           Presbyters
           from
           a
           Suffrage
           in
           national
           and
           general
           Councils
           :
           and
           it
           is
           but
           a
           frivolous
           distinction
           that
           they
           may
           have
           a
           consultative
           ,
           tho
           not
           a
           deliberative
           Suffrage
           ,
           since
           we
           see
           them
           subscribing
           both
           the
           decisions
           of
           Faith
           and
           Canons
           of
           discipline
           .
        
         
           The
           next
           thing
           to
           be
           examined
           ,
           is
           the
           qualification
           ,
           election
           ,
           and
           ordination
           of
           Presbyters
           .
           For
           their
           qualification
           ,
           great
           care
           was
           used
           to
           train
           them
           up
           long
           in
           an
           abstracted
           and
           devote
           Life
           ,
           that
           so
           they
           might
           be
           well
           prepared
           for
           that
           holy
           Function
           .
           And
           therefore
           it
           was
           ,
           that
           many
           of
           the
           Primitive
           Bishops
           lived
           in
           Monasteries
           among
           them
           ,
           whom
           they
           were
           educating
           for
           holy
           Orders
           ,
           as
           appears
           from
           the
           Lives
           of
           
             Basil
             ,
             Augustine
          
           ,
           and
           Martin
           :
           Neither
           was
           one
           to
           be
           ordained
           a
           Presbyter
           ,
           but
           after
           a
           long
           probation
           and
           tryal
           ,
           and
           all
           these
           degrees
           ,
           of
           which
           we
           shall
           speak
           afterward
           ,
           were
           so
           many
           steps
           and
           preparations
           through
           which
           all
           were
           to
           go
           ,
           before
           they
           could
           be
           initiated
           .
           And
           indeed
           it
           seems
           against
           reason
           ,
           at
           first
           step
           to
           ordain
           a
           man
           Presbyter
           ,
           and
           commit
           the
           care
           of
           Souls
           to
           him
           ,
           before
           a
           long
           previous
           probation
           had
           of
           him
           .
        
         
           Therefore
           the
           ancient
           Monasteries
           ,
           as
           they
           
           were
           Sanctuaries
           for
           such
           as
           designed
           to
           leave
           the
           World
           ,
           and
           live
           devoutly
           ,
           so
           they
           were
           also
           Colleges
           for
           the
           Education
           of
           Churchmen
           .
           It
           is
           true
           ,
           the
           years
           of
           Probation
           may
           seem
           too
           too
           many
           ;
           but
           they
           ordinarily
           dispensed
           in
           that
           ,
           as
           they
           found
           Persons
           worthy
           and
           qualified
           .
           But
           none
           might
           be
           Presbyter
           before
           he
           were
           thirty
           years
           of
           age
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           Council
           of
           Neocesarea
           ,
           even
           tho
           he
           were
           highly
           worthy
           (
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           .
           )
           And
           the
           reason
           given
           for
           this
           ,
           is
           ,
           because
           Christ
           was
           thirty
           years
           of
           age
           before
           he
           entred
           upon
           the
           discharge
           of
           his
           holy
           Function
           .
        
         
           Likewise
           a
           Clinicus
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           one
           baptised
           in
           sickness
           ,
           by
           the
           twelfth
           Canon
           of
           Neocesarea
           ,
           could
           not
           have
           been
           a
           Presbyter
           ,
           because
           he
           was
           not
           a
           Christian
           ,
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           .
           And
           this
           was
           not
           to
           be
           dispensed
           with
           ,
           but
           upon
           his
           following
           Faith
           and
           Diligence
           ,
           or
           that
           others
           could
           not
           be
           had
           .
        
         
           And
           in
           the
           
             Canon
             Law
             ,
             dist
          
           .
           77.
           
             cap.
             Siquis
          
           ,
           among
           other
           prerequisites
           for
           a
           Presbyter
           ,
           one
           is
           :
           
             Si
             poenitentiam
             publicam
             non
             gesserit
          
           ,
           holding
           that
           any
           gross
           scandal
           committed
           after
           Baptism
           ,
           should
           be
           a
           bar
           upon
           a
           Man
           from
           being
           ordained
           a
           Presbyter
           .
        
         
           As
           also
           Dist.
           56.
           cap.
           1.
           the
           Children
           of
           Presbyters
           are
           discharged
           to
           be
           ordained
           :
           
             Presbyterorum
             filios
             à
             sacris
             altaris
             ministeriis
             removemus
             ,
             nisi
             aut
             in
             Coenobiis
             ,
             aut
             in
             Canonicis
             religiose
             probati
             
             fuerint
             conversari
             .
          
           It
           is
           like
           ,
           this
           was
           either
           to
           discourage
           the
           marriage
           of
           Churchmen
           ,
           or
           to
           obviate
           the
           scandal
           might
           have
           been
           taken
           ,
           if
           they
           had
           been
           partial
           to
           their
           own
           Children
           .
           Yet
           this
           was
           neither
           old
           nor
           universal
           ;
           for
           Nazianzen
           was
           both
           a
           Presbyter
           and
           a
           Bishop
           ,
           though
           a
           Bishop's
           Son.
           And
           in
           the
           next
           Chapter
           of
           that
           same
           Dist.
           many
           instances
           are
           alledged
           by
           Damasus
           to
           the
           contrary
           .
        
         
           Further
           ,
           none
           who
           had
           been
           Soldiers
           ,
           and
           were
           Curiales
           ,
           and
           
             obstricti
             curiae
          
           ,
           could
           have
           been
           ordained
           without
           a
           dimission
           ,
           and
           that
           they
           had
           been
           fifteen
           years
           in
           a
           Monastery
           ,
           and
           three
           parts
           of
           four
           of
           their
           Estate
           were
           adjudged
           to
           the
           fisk
           ;
           so
           Dist.
           53.
           and
           Iustinian
           123.
           
           Nov.
           Now
           this
           might
           be
           first
           ,
           left
           any
           weary
           of
           the
           service
           to
           which
           they
           were
           obliged
           ,
           should
           upon
           that
           pretence
           shake
           it
           off
           ,
           and
           run
           from
           their
           colors
           ,
           or
           other
           employments
           .
           But
           next
           ,
           that
           men
           who
           had
           been
           much
           involved
           in
           the
           World
           ,
           and
           particularly
           men
           of
           bloud
           ,
           might
           not
           enter
           into
           holy
           Orders
           ,
           without
           a
           long
           precedent
           change
           of
           the
           course
           of
           their
           life
           ;
           it
           not
           being
           easie
           to
           pass
           of
           a
           sudden
           from
           a
           course
           of
           secularity
           ,
           to
           that
           sublimity
           of
           holiness
           which
           is
           necessary
           for
           such
           a
           sacred
           Function
           .
        
         
           And
           finally
           ,
           all
           ambitus
           was
           condemned
           in
           Presbyters
           ,
           as
           well
           as
           in
           Bishops
           ,
           though
           we
           see
           both
           from
           
           Chrysostom's
           Books
           
             de
             Sacerdotio
          
           ,
           and
           
           
           Nazianzen's
           Apologetick
           ,
           that
           there
           was
           enough
           of
           it
           among
           both
           kinds
           .
           Yet
           many
           there
           were
           who
           resisted
           the
           Calls
           given
           them
           to
           Church-Offices
           with
           great
           earnestness
           ,
           some
           flying
           from
           them
           to
           the
           Wilderness
           ,
           as
           from
           a
           persecution
           :
           some
           cutting
           off
           their
           Noses
           ,
           and
           other
           members
           ,
           that
           they
           might
           be
           thought
           unworthy
           of
           it
           ;
           some
           continued
           to
           the
           end
           in
           their
           refusal
           :
           others
           were
           not
           ordained
           without
           being
           haled
           even
           by
           force
           ;
           many
           receiving
           this
           sacred
           imposition
           of
           hands
           with
           trembling
           and
           many
           tears
           .
           And
           indeed
           were
           the
           greatness
           of
           the
           charge
           more
           weighed
           ,
           and
           the
           secular
           advantages
           less
           looked
           at
           ,
           it
           is
           like
           there
           might
           be
           yet
           need
           of
           some
           force
           to
           draw
           men
           to
           accept
           of
           it
           ;
           whereas
           all
           are
           so
           forward
           to
           rush
           toward
           it
           ,
           blown
           up
           with
           pride
           ,
           or
           provoked
           by
           covetousness
           .
        
         
           We
           saw
           already
           how
           averse
           Nazianzen
           was
           from
           entring
           in
           sacred
           Orders
           :
           but
           no
           less
           memorable
           is
           the
           History
           of
           Chrysostome
           ,
           who
           (
           with
           his
           Friend
           Basil
           )
           having
           engaged
           in
           a
           Monastick
           life
           ,
           was
           struck
           with
           fear
           when
           a
           rumour
           rose
           that
           they
           were
           both
           to
           be
           ordained
           Presbyters
           .
           (
           And
           by
           the
           way
           observe
           ,
           that
           he
           calls
           it
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           .
           )
           But
           Chrysostome
           was
           silent
           ,
           lest
           the
           expressing
           of
           his
           aversion
           should
           have
           deterred
           Basil
           ;
           and
           his
           his
           silence
           was
           judged
           by
           Basil
           a
           consent
           ,
           and
           so
           proved
           one
           of
           his
           
           chief
           inducements
           to
           accept
           of
           Orders
           .
           But
           when
           the
           day
           came
           wherein
           Chrysostome
           knew
           that
           the
           Bishops
           designed
           to
           ordain
           them
           ,
           he
           withdrew
           privately
           ,
           so
           that
           he
           could
           not
           be
           found
           :
           yet
           the
           Bishops
           upon
           another
           pretence
           ,
           carried
           Basil
           to
           the
           Church
           ,
           and
           there
           ordained
           him
           ,
           much
           against
           his
           mind
           .
        
         
           But
           when
           he
           first
           met
           with
           his
           Friend
           Chrysostome
           ,
           he
           melted
           down
           in
           tears
           ,
           challenging
           him
           severely
           for
           his
           withdrawing
           from
           him
           ;
           whereof
           Chrysostome
           gives
           his
           Apology
           at
           large
           in
           these
           six
           excellent
           Books
           of
           his
           
             de
             Sacerdotio
          
           ;
           wherein
           by
           way
           of
           Dialogue
           betwixt
           him
           and
           his
           Friend
           ,
           he
           layeth
           out
           the
           great
           dignity
           and
           weight
           of
           that
           Charge
           ,
           chiefly
           in
           the
           third
           Book
           ,
           where
           he
           shews
           ,
           
             That
             a
             Priest
             should
             be
             like
             one
             of
             the
             Angels
             of
             GOD
             ,
             cap.
          
           4.
           
           And
           he
           blames
           these
           Elections
           that
           were
           rashly
           made
           ,
           cap.
           10.
           upon
           which
           he
           charges
           most
           of
           the
           disorders
           that
           were
           then
           in
           the
           Church
           .
           And
           cap.
           11.
           he
           confesseth
           how
           guilty
           himself
           was
           of
           that
           unlawful
           ambitus
           for
           Church
           employment
           ;
           which
           being
           yet
           unmortified
           in
           him
           ,
           did
           frighten
           him
           from
           entring
           in
           holy
           Orders
           .
           Cap.
           14.
           he
           saith
           ,
           
             Episcopum
             convenit
             studio
             acri
             &
             perpetuâ
             vitae
             continentia
             tanquam
             adamantinis
             armis
             obseptum
             esse
             .
          
           In
           the
           fourth
           Book
           he
           speaks
           of
           the
           great
           caution
           was
           to
           be
           used
           in
           Elections
           and
           Ordinations
           ,
           complaining
           that
           in
           these
           ,
           
             Regard
             was
             rather
             had
             
             to
             Riches
             and
             Honor
             ,
             than
             true
             worth
             .
          
           Through
           the
           fifth
           Book
           he
           shews
           the
           great
           evil
           and
           hazard
           of
           popular
           applause
           ,
           and
           the
           sin
           of
           being
           much
           pleased
           with
           it
           .
           And
           lib.
           6.
           cap.
           2.
           he
           hath
           that
           excellent
           saying
           ,
           
             That
             the
             soul
             of
             the
             Priest
             should
             be
             purer
             than
             the
             very
             beams
             of
             the
             Sun
             themselves
             .
          
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           .
           And
           cap.
           12.
           he
           accuses
           himself
           of
           his
           vain
           desires
           and
           other
           faults
           ,
           whence
           it
           was
           that
           he
           had
           so
           great
           a
           horrour
           of
           attempting
           at
           that
           for
           which
           he
           knew
           himself
           so
           unworthy
           :
           preoccupying
           that
           Objection
           ,
           that
           a
           Man
           in
           that
           is
           to
           submit
           to
           the
           judgment
           of
           others
           ,
           by
           the
           Examples
           of
           one
           who
           hath
           no
           skill
           in
           Physick
           ,
           and
           knowing
           himself
           ignorant
           ,
           is
           not
           to
           administer
           Physick
           ,
           though
           all
           the
           World
           should
           desire
           him
           to
           undertake
           a
           Cure
           ,
           declaring
           their
           Opinion
           and
           confidence
           of
           his
           skill
           :
           for
           if
           upon
           another
           mans
           opinion
           of
           his
           skill
           he
           should
           offer
           to
           meddle
           in
           it
           ,
           and
           give
           Physick
           ,
           he
           might
           as
           well
           kill
           as
           cure
           .
           So
           neither
           one
           unacquainted
           in
           military
           affairs
           ,
           was
           to
           undertake
           the
           leading
           of
           an
           Army
           ,
           knowing
           his
           own
           unfitness
           ,
           though
           never
           so
           much
           solicited
           to
           it
           :
           whence
           he
           subsumes
           more
           strongly
           ,
           that
           none
           should
           undertake
           the
           leading
           of
           Souls
           ,
           as
           long
           as
           he
           knew
           his
           own
           unfitness
           ,
           were
           the
           importunities
           and
           solicitations
           of
           others
           never
           so
           many
           .
           And
           so
           far
           of
           the
           qualifications
           of
           
           those
           who
           were
           to
           be
           ordained
           Presbyters
           .
        
         
           Their
           Election
           hath
           been
           touched
           already
           ,
           for
           it
           went
           the
           same
           way
           with
           the
           Elections
           of
           Bishops
           ,
           and
           so
           was
           partly
           popular
           ,
           at
           least
           was
           to
           be
           ratified
           by
           the
           approbation
           ,
           and
           consent
           of
           the
           people
           .
           
             Possidius
             in
             vita
             Augustini
          
           ,
           tells
           how
           he
           was
           chosen
           a
           Presbyter
           by
           the
           people
           .
        
         
           We
           have
           the
           Ordination
           of
           the
           Presbyters
           set
           down
           thus
           ,
           
             Conc.
             Carth.
          
           4.
           
           Canon
           .
           3.
           
           
             Presbyter
             quum
             ordinatur
             ,
             Episcopo
             eum
             benedicente
             ,
             &
             manum
             super
             caput
             ejus
             tenente
             ,
             etiam
             omnes
             Presbyteri
             ,
             qui
             praesentes
             sunt
             ,
             manus
             suas
             juxta
             manum
             Episcopi
             super
             caput
             illius
             teneant
             .
             Dionysius
          
           the
           Areopagite
           in
           the
           forecited
           place
           tells
           ,
           That
           the
           Presbyter
           whom
           he
           calls
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ,
           was
           ordained
           in
           the
           same
           form
           that
           a
           Bishop
           was
           ordained
           ,
           save
           only
           that
           the
           Gospel
           was
           not
           laid
           on
           his
           head
           .
           From
           which
           simplicity
           of
           the
           primitive
           forms
           ,
           we
           may
           see
           ,
           how
           far
           they
           were
           from
           all
           these
           superstitious
           Fopperies
           now
           used
           in
           the
           
             Romish
             Church
          
           in
           Ordination
           .
           And
           so
           much
           concerning
           Presbyters
           .
        
         
           Deacons
           are
           next
           to
           be
           treated
           of
           .
           The
           Original
           of
           them
           is
           by
           the
           general
           current
           of
           the
           Ancients
           taken
           from
           the
           Levites
           under
           the
           Temple
           ,
           and
           therefore
           in
           not
           a
           few
           of
           the
           antient
           Councils
           ,
           they
           go
           under
           that
           designation
           .
           But
           as
           was
           formerly
           observed
           ,
           it
           is
           more
           probable
           ,
           that
           the
           Christian
           Church
           took
           its
           immediate
           Model
           
           from
           the
           Synagogue
           ,
           tho
           that
           might
           have
           been
           taken
           from
           the
           Temple
           .
           Now
           in
           the
           Synagogue
           ,
           as
           there
           was
           a
           Bishop
           and
           Presbyters
           ,
           so
           there
           were
           also
           Deacons
           called
           Parnasin
           .
           There
           were
           three
           of
           them
           in
           each
           Synagogue
           ,
           two
           were
           to
           gather
           the
           Collections
           ,
           and
           all
           the
           three
           together
           did
           distribute
           them
           .
        
         
           The
           first
           Origine
           of
           them
           in
           the
           Christian
           Church
           is
           set
           down
           ,
           Acts
           6.
           where
           their
           primitive
           institution
           shews
           ,
           that
           their
           first
           design
           was
           for
           looking
           to
           the
           necessities
           of
           the
           poor
           ,
           who
           had
           been
           neglected
           in
           the
           daily
           distribution
           of
           the
           Charity
           ,
           and
           there
           they
           are
           called
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           .
           It
           is
           true
           ,
           that
           term
           Luke
           4.20
           .
           is
           used
           in
           another
           sense
           ,
           for
           there
           the
           
             Minister
             of
             the
             Synagogue
          
           ,
           to
           whom
           CHRIST
           delivered
           the
           Book
           ,
           could
           be
           no
           other
           ,
           than
           their
           Chazan
           or
           Bishop
           ,
           whose
           Office
           it
           was
           to
           call
           out
           any
           to
           read
           the
           Law
           in
           the
           Synagogue
           .
           But
           since
           all
           Church-Office
           is
           for
           service
           ,
           and
           not
           for
           domination
           ,
           Christ
           himself
           not
           coming
           
             to
             be
             ministred
             unto
             ,
             but
             to
             minister
             ,
          
           it
           is
           no
           wonder
           ,
           if
           that
           term
           should
           then
           have
           been
           promiscuously
           used
           .
           We
           also
           find
           S.
           Paul
           applying
           to
           himself
           (
           1
           Cor.
           4.
           a
           term
           equivalent
           to
           this
           .
           )
           But
           though
           the
           primitive
           institution
           of
           Deacons
           import
           only
           their
           looking
           to
           the
           necessities
           of
           the
           poor
           :
           yet
           from
           the
           Levites
           ministring
           to
           the
           Priest
           in
           the
           Sacrifices
           ,
           it
           came
           to
           be
           generally
           received
           and
           used
           ,
           
           the
           Deacons
           should
           serve
           the
           Bishops
           and
           Presbyters
           in
           the
           administration
           of
           the
           Sacraments
           .
        
         
           The
           institution
           of
           them
           doth
           also
           discover
           ,
           that
           they
           were
           persons
           to
           be
           separated
           for
           that
           holy
           service
           ,
           and
           consecrated
           for
           it
           by
           an
           imposition
           of
           hands
           ;
           and
           so
           were
           to
           be
           no
           more
           secular
           ,
           but
           Ecclesiastical
           persons
           :
           and
           the
           usual
           practice
           of
           the
           Church
           was
           to
           account
           that
           Office
           a
           step
           ,
           degree
           and
           probation
           ,
           in
           order
           to
           ones
           being
           made
           a
           Presbyter
           .
           And
           therefore
           our
           mungrel
           Lay-Deacons
           differ
           vastly
           ,
           both
           from
           the
           first
           institution
           of
           the
           Scripture
           ,
           and
           current
           of
           all
           Antiquity
           .
        
         
           The
           Arcopagite
           gives
           the
           account
           of
           their
           Ordinations
           thus
           :
           
             That
             the
             Deacon
             being
             brought
             to
             the
             Bishop
             ,
             kneeled
             down
             on
             one
             knee
             ,
             and
             so
             received
             imposition
             of
             hands
             .
          
           The
           fourth
           Canon
           of
           the
           fourth
           Council
           of
           Carthage
           is
           :
           
             Diaconus
             quum
             ordinatur
             ,
             solus
             Episcopus
             ,
             qui
             eum
             benedicit
             ,
             manum
             super
             caput
             illius
             ponat
             ;
             quia
             non
             ad
             Sacerdotium
             ,
             sed
             ad
             ministerium
             consecratur
             .
          
        
         
           As
           for
           their
           Election
           ,
           at
           the
           first
           institution
           they
           were
           chosen
           by
           the
           whole
           Body
           of
           the
           people
           ,
           so
           Acts
           6.
           
           And
           tho
           the
           people
           were
           barred
           their
           suffrage
           in
           the
           choice
           of
           other
           Church
           Officers
           ,
           yet
           there
           might
           be
           good
           reason
           why
           they
           should
           still
           chuse
           the
           Deacons
           ,
           their
           Office
           being
           almost
           wholly
           temporal
           ,
           to
           
           receive
           and
           distribute
           the
           peoples
           alms
           .
           But
           whatever
           right
           people
           might
           pretend
           to
           in
           this
           ,
           it
           will
           never
           be
           proved
           that
           by
           divine
           Right
           ,
           the
           people
           should
           chuse
           those
           who
           had
           the
           charge
           of
           their
           souls
           .
           For
           reason
           would
           infer
           ,
           that
           none
           could
           make
           a
           choice
           ,
           who
           were
           not
           able
           to
           give
           a
           judgment
           of
           the
           qualifications
           ,
           and
           worth
           of
           a
           Churchman
           ,
           that
           being
           peculiar
           to
           the
           Clergy
           .
           And
           hence
           it
           is
           that
           more
           than
           a
           consent
           cannot
           be
           justly
           pretended
           to
           by
           the
           people
           .
           But
           after
           all
           this
           ,
           if
           this
           place
           prove
           anything
           ,
           it
           will
           prove
           in
           favor
           of
           the
           whole
           body
           of
           the
           people
           ,
           and
           not
           of
           a
           few
           selected
           Lay-Elders
           .
        
         
           All
           the
           Deacons
           were
           in
           their
           degree
           and
           order
           inferiour
           to
           Presbyters
           ,
           which
           will
           appear
           from
           these
           Canons
           of
           the
           4.
           
           Council
           of
           Carthage
           ,
           Canon
           37.
           
           
             The
             Deacon
             is
             declared
             to
             be
             the
             Minister
             of
             the
             Presbyter
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             of
             the
             Bishop
             .
          
           Canon
           39.
           
           
             He
             might
             sit
             in
             the
             presence
             of
             a
             Presbyter
             ,
             if
             desired
             by
             him
             .
          
           Canon
           40.
           
           
             In
             conventu
             Presbyterorum
             Diaconus
             interrogatus
             ,
             loquatur
          
           ;
           so
           that
           he
           might
           not
           speak
           ,
           except
           desired
           .
           It
           is
           therefore
           a
           disorder
           in
           Church-discipline
           ,
           that
           the
           Archdeacon
           should
           not
           only
           be
           a
           Presbyter
           ,
           but
           also
           exercise
           Jurisdiction
           over
           Presbyters
           .
           And
           therefore
           
             Petrus
             Blesensis
             ,
             Epist.
          
           123.
           hath
           well
           observed
           ,
           how
           
             turbato
             ordine
             dignitatis
             ,
             Archidiaconi
             bodie
             Sacerdotibus
             praeeminent
             ,
             &
             in
             eos
             vim
             ac
             potestatem
             suae
             Jurisdictionis
             exercent
             .
          
        
         
         
           Jerome
           is
           the
           first
           that
           makes
           mention
           of
           these
           
             Arch
             deacons
          
           ,
           telling
           how
           the
           Deacons
           did
           chuse
           one
           of
           their
           number
           to
           be
           over
           them
           ,
           
             quem
             Archidiaconum
             vocabanst
          
           :
           and
           in
           the
           same
           Epistle
           to
           Evagrius
           ,
           he
           severely
           inveighs
           against
           those
           Deacons
           ,
           who
           pretend
           to
           an
           equality
           with
           ,
           or
           preference
           over
           Presbyters
           ,
           saying
           :
           
             Quid
             patitur
             mensarum
             &
             viduarum
             Minister
             ,
             ut
             supra
             eos
             tumidus
             sese
             esserat
             ,
             ad
             quorum
             preces
             corpus
             sanguisque
             Christi
             conficitur
             .
          
        
         
           Because
           of
           the
           first
           number
           Seven
           ,
           the
           custom
           was
           to
           have
           but
           seven
           Deacons
           in
           a
           City
           were
           it
           never
           so
           great
           :
           so
           it
           was
           decreed
           in
           the
           Council
           of
           Neocesarea
           14.
           
           Canon
           .
           Their
           Office
           was
           chiefly
           to
           look
           to
           the
           poor
           ,
           and
           to
           serve
           in
           the
           administration
           of
           the
           Sacraments
           .
           
             Just
             in
             Martyr
          
           in
           the
           end
           of
           his
           second
           Apology
           tells
           ,
           That
           the
           
             Eucharist
             was
             sent
             by
             the
             Deacons
             to
             such
             as
             were
             absent
             .
             Cyprian
             lib.
          
           3.
           
           Epist.
           15.
           reckons
           it
           as
           a
           part
           of
           the
           Deacon's
           Office
           
             to
             wait
             upon
             the
             Martyrs
          
           ,
           and
           Epist.
           17.
           of
           that
           same
           Book
           ,
           he
           tells
           ,
           That
           where
           there
           was
           no
           Presbyter
           ,
           &
           
             urgere
             exitus
             coeperit
             .
             The
             Deacon
             might
             receive
             the
             Exhomulagesis
             of
             penitents
             ,
             and
             absolve
             them
             by
             imposition
             of
             bands
             .
             Optatus
             lib.
          
           2.
           calls
           them
           the
           
             Defenders
             of
             the
             holy
             Table
          
           ;
           telling
           how
           the
           Donatists
           had
           broken
           through
           the
           roof
           of
           a
           Church
           ,
           and
           had
           killed
           and
           wounded
           some
           of
           the
           Deacons
           ,
           who
           preserved
           the
           holy
           Elements
           from
           their
           sacrilegious
           attempt
           .
        
         
         
           The
           Deacons
           distributed
           the
           Eucharist
           ,
           and
           sometime
           they
           did
           give
           it
           to
           the
           Presbyters
           ,
           but
           that
           was
           forbidden
           by
           the
           18.
           
           Can.
           of
           the
           Council
           of
           Nice
           .
           Yet
           in
           the
           fourth
           Council
           of
           
             Carthage
             ,
             Can.
          
           38.
           
           
             Diaconus
             ,
             praesente
             Presbytero
             ,
             Eucharistiam
             corporis
             Christi
             populo
             si
             necessitas
             cogat
             ,
             jussus
             eroget
             .
             Cyril
          
           of
           Jerusalem
           in
           his
           17.
           
           Catechism
           ,
           counts
           the
           Deacon
           the
           Minister
           of
           Baptism
           ,
           as
           well
           as
           the
           Bishop
           or
           Presbyter
           .
           And
           certain
           it
           is
           ,
           that
           generally
           Baptism
           was
           administred
           by
           the
           Deacons
           ,
           as
           well
           as
           by
           the
           Presbyters
           .
        
         
           Some
           parts
           of
           the
           publick
           Worship
           were
           also
           discharged
           by
           the
           
             Deacons
             .
             Chrysostome
             hom
          
           .
           14.
           
             ad
             Rom.
          
           tells
           ,
           that
           
             the
             Deacons
             offered
             prayers
             for
             the
             people
          
           ;
           and
           hom
           .
           17.
           
             ad
             Heb.
          
           he
           tells
           ,
           
             That
             the
             Deacons
             stood
             in
             a
             high
             place
             at
             the
             administration
             of
             the
             Eucharist
             ,
             and
             calling
             with
             a
             terrible
             voice
             ,
             as
             Heraulds
             ,
             invited
             some
             ,
             and
             rejected
             others
             from
             these
             holy
             mysteries
             .
          
           And
           thus
           far
           I
           have
           given
           an
           account
           of
           the
           sense
           which
           the
           Ancients
           had
           of
           the
           Offices
           of
           
             Bishop
             ,
             Presbyter
          
           ,
           and
           Deacon
           ,
           which
           three
           were
           the
           only
           ones
           they
           accounted
           Sacred
           and
           Divine
           .
           And
           this
           held
           good
           even
           at
           the
           time
           ,
           that
           the
           
           Areopagites's
           pretended
           Books
           were
           written
           (
           I
           call
           them
           pretended
           ,
           because
           there
           is
           none
           now
           so
           simple
           as
           to
           believe
           them
           his
           )
           for
           he
           reckons
           the
           Ecclesiastical
           Hierarchy
           to
           consist
           in
           these
           three
           degrees
           .
        
         
           To
           this
           account
           given
           of
           Deacons
           ,
           I
           shall
           add
           
           somewhat
           of
           Deaconesses
           ,
           of
           whom
           mention
           is
           made
           ,
           Rom.
           16
           1.
           where
           Phebe
           is
           called
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           the
           
             Deaconess
             ●f
             the
             Church
             of
             Cenchrea
             .
          
           They
           are
           likewise
           so
           called
           in
           the
           15.
           
           Canon
           of
           Chalcedon
           ;
           but
           more
           ordinary
           in
           ancient
           Writings
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           IJerome
           on
           that
           place
           to
           the
           Romans
           ,
           speaking
           of
           Phebe
           ,
           understands
           her
           to
           have
           been
           a
           Deaconess
           :
           and
           adds
           ,
           
             Etiam
             nunc
             in
             Orientalibus
             Diaconissae
             mulieres
             in
             suo
             sexu
             ministrare
             videntur
             ,
             in
             baptismo
             ,
             sive
             in
             ministerio
             verbi
             ,
             quia
             privatim
             docuisse
             foeminas
             invenimus
             sicut
             Priscillam
             .
          
           He
           likewise
           understood
           the
           Widows
           mentioned
           ,
           1
           Tim.
           5.
           to
           be
           Diaconesses
           :
           
             Tales
             eligi
             voluit
             Diaconissas
             quae
             omnibus
             essent
             exemplum
             vivendi
             .
             Origen
          
           likewise
           takes
           it
           as
           undoubted
           ,
           that
           Phebe
           had
           a
           particular
           office
           in
           the
           Church
           of
           Cenchrea
           :
           and
           saith
           on
           that
           place
           ,
           
             Hic
             locus
             Apostolica
             authoritate
             docet
             etiam
             foeminas
             in
             ministerio
             Ecclesiae
             constitui
             ,
             in
             quo
             officio
             positam
             Phaeben
             apud
             Ecclesiam
             quae
             est
             Cenchreis
             .
             Chrysostome
          
           likewise
           understood
           it
           to
           be
           an
           Office
           :
           And
           saith
           on
           that
           place
           ,
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           .
           If
           any
           credit
           be
           due
           to
           the
           
             Apostolical
             Constitutions
          
           ,
           they
           tell
           us
           many
           things
           of
           their
           Office
           ,
           tho
           with
           a
           great
           alloy
           of
           much
           idle
           stuff
           .
           They
           tell
           ,
           
             That
             no
             Woman
             might
             come
             to
             a
             Bishop
             or
             Presbyter
             ,
             except
             in
             the
             company
             of
             a
             Deaconess
             ,
          
           Lib.
           2.
           cap.
           26.
           
           
             And
             that
             they
             were
             to
             go
             to
             Womens
             Houses
             to
             instruct
             them
             ,
             which
             had
             been
             scandalous
             for
             Churchmen
             ,
          
           
           Lib.
           3.
           cap.
           15.
           
           
             They
             did
             likewise
             receive
             them
             in
             Baptism
             ,
             Cap.
          
           16.
           
           
             And
             kept
             the
             gates
             by
             which
             Women
             entred
             into
             the
             Church
             ,
          
           Lib.
           8.
           cap.
           28.
           
           So
           it
           seems
           their
           Office
           was
           to
           instruct
           and
           teach
           Women
           .
           And
           so
           S.
           Paul
           ,
           Phil.
           4.3
           .
           speaks
           of
           
             Women
             who
             laboured
             with
             him
             in
             the
             Gospel
             .
          
           And
           Rom.
           16.
           we
           find
           mention
           not
           only
           of
           
             Priscilla
             ,
             but
             of
             Tripbona
             ,
             Triphosa
             and
             Persis
             ,
             who
             laboured
             in
             the
             Lord.
          
           And
           it
           is
           like
           their
           Office
           was
           also
           to
           minister
           to
           the
           necessities
           of
           Churchmen
           :
           and
           therefore
           when
           S.
           Paul
           speaks
           of
           
             leading
             about
             a
             Sister
             and
             a
             Wife
             ,
             as
             well
             as
             other
             Apostles
             ,
          
           he
           may
           be
           well
           understood
           to
           speak
           of
           one
           of
           those
           who
           might
           both
           have
           supplied
           his
           wants
           ,
           and
           assisted
           him
           in
           the
           conversion
           of
           Women
           ;
           but
           for
           eviting
           scandal
           ,
           they
           were
           not
           to
           be
           under
           sixty
           years
           of
           age
           .
        
         
           Mention
           is
           made
           of
           them
           by
           
             Pliny
             ,
             lib.
          
           10.
           
           Epist
           .
           97.
           who
           writing
           to
           Trajan
           ,
           of
           the
           enquiry
           he
           was
           making
           of
           the
           Christians
           ,
           saith
           ,
           
             Necessarium
             credidi
             ex
             duabus
             ancillis
             quae
             ministrae
             dicebantur
             quid
             effet
             veri
             &
             per
             tormenta
             quaerere
             .
          
           They
           were
           received
           by
           an
           Ordination
           in
           
           Tertullian's
           time
           :
           for
           he
           speaking
           of
           them
           ,
           saith
           ,
           (
           
             De
             castit
             .
             cap.
          
           13.
           )
           
             Ordinari
             in
             Ecclesia
             solent
          
           .
           And
           
             ad
             uxorem
             ,
             lib.
          
           1.
           cap.
           7.
           
           
             Viduam
             allegi
             in
             ordinationem
             nisi
             univiram
             non
             concedit
             .
          
           The
           19.
           
           Canon
           of
           the
           Council
           of
           Nice
           ,
           reckons
           the
           Deaconesses
           among
           those
           that
           were
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ,
           but
           saith
           that
           
           they
           had
           no
           imposition
           of
           hands
           ,
           so
           that
           in
           all
           things
           they
           were
           reckoned
           among
           the
           Laicks
           ;
           but
           hints
           that
           they
           had
           a
           particular
           habit
           ,
           calling
           them
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           .
           
           Balsamon's
           Gloss
           on
           this
           is
           ,
           that
           the
           Virgins
           who
           dedicated
           themselves
           to
           GOD
           ,
           continued
           in
           a
           Laical
           habit
           till
           they
           were
           forty
           years
           of
           age
           ;
           and
           were
           then
           ,
           if
           found
           worthy
           ,
           ordained
           Deaconesses
           ,
           by
           a
           particular
           imposition
           of
           hands
           .
           To
           this
           
             Zonar
             as
          
           adds
           ,
           that
           the
           Virgins
           in
           the
           twenty
           fifth
           year
           of
           .
           their
           age
           ,
           got
           a
           particular
           habit
           from
           the
           Bishop
           .
           The
           74
           Canon
           of
           Nice
           ,
           according
           to
           the
           Arabick
           Edition
           ,
           appoints
           the
           Office
           of
           a
           Deaconess
           to
           be
           only
           the
           receiving
           of
           Women
           in
           Baptism
           .
           
             Epiph.
             baeres
          
           .
           79.
           after
           he
           hath
           proved
           that
           a
           Woman
           is
           not
           capable
           of
           the
           publick
           service
           of
           the
           Church
           ,
           adds
           ,
           That
           the
           Order
           of
           the
           Deaconesses
           was
           instituted
           out
           of
           reverence
           to
           that
           Sex
           ,
           that
           when
           the
           Womans
           body
           was
           naked
           in
           Baptism
           ,
           they
           might
           not
           be
           so
           seen
           by
           the
           Priest.
           And
           with
           this
           agrees
           the
           12th
           Canon
           of
           the
           fourth
           Council
           of
           
             Cartbage
             :
             Vidue
             vel
             sanctimoniales
             quae
             ad
             ministerium
             baptizandarum
             mulierum
             eliguntur
             tam
             instructae
             sint
             ad
             officium
             ,
             ut
             possint
             apto
             &
             sano
             sermone
             docere
             imperitas
             &
             rusticus
             mulieres
             tempore
             quo
             baptizandae
             sint
             ,
             qualiter
             baptizatori
             interrogatae
             respondeant
             ,
             &
             qualiter
             accepto
             baptismate
             vivant
             .
          
           This
           is
           also
           confirmed
           by
           the
           6.
           
           Chap.
           of
           the
           6.
           
           Novel
           ,
           which
           appoints
           the
           
           age
           both
           for
           Virgins
           and
           Widows
           to
           be
           fifty
           years
           :
           
             Sicque
             sacram
             promereri
             ordinationem
          
           .
           And
           their
           Office
           is
           denied
           to
           be
           
             adorandis
             ministrare
             baptismatibus
             ,
             &
             aliis
             adesse
             secretis
             quae
             in
             venerabilibus
             ministeriis
             per
             eas
             rite
             aguntur
             .
          
           And
           the
           rest
           of
           that
           Chapter
           gives
           divers
           other
           rules
           concerning
           them
           .
        
         
           The
           15.
           
           Canon
           of
           Chalcedon
           ,
           appoints
           a
           Deaconess
           not
           to
           be
           ordained
           till
           she
           were
           forty
           years
           of
           age
           (
           it
           is
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           in
           the
           Canon
           )
           and
           it
           is
           appointed
           that
           it
           be
           done
           after
           a
           strict
           examination
           ;
           but
           that
           after
           she
           was
           ordained
           ,
           and
           continued
           some
           time
           in
           the
           Ministery
           ,
           if
           she
           gave
           her self
           in
           Marriage
           ,
           she
           (
           as
           one
           that
           had
           reproached
           the
           grace
           of
           GOD
           )
           was
           to
           be
           anathematized
           with
           her
           Husband
           .
           Zonaras
           reconciles
           this
           age
           with
           the
           Apostle
           ,
           that
           the
           Apostle
           speaks
           of
           Widows
           ,
           and
           this
           Canon
           of
           Virgins
           ,
           tho
           it
           be
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           in
           the
           Canon
           .
           Yet
           it
           seems
           some
           of
           these
           Deaconesses
           have
           given
           scandal
           in
           the
           Church
           ,
           and
           perhaps
           proved
           like
           the
           Females
           among
           the
           Pharisees
           ,
           whom
           the
           Rabbins
           reckoned
           among
           these
           who
           destroyed
           the
           World
           :
           And
           so
           we
           find
           the
           Western
           Church
           being
           scandalized
           at
           some
           miscarriages
           in
           this
           Order
           ,
           they
           are
           discharged
           to
           be
           ordained
           by
           the
           first
           Council
           of
           
             Orange
             ,
             Can.
          
           26.
           
           
             Diaconissae
             omnimodo
             non
             ordinandae
             ,
             si
             quae
             jam
             sunt
             benedictioni
             quae
             populo
             impenditur
             ,
             capita
             submittunt
             .
          
           
           And
           in
           the
           beginning
           of
           the
           sixth
           Century
           ,
           it
           seems
           they
           gave
           great
           scandal
           ;
           for
           Canon
           22.
           
           Council
           Epaun.
           they
           are
           simply
           discharged
           :
           
             Viduarum
             consecrationem
             quas
             Diaco●as
             vocant
             ab
             omni
             regione
             nostra
             penitus
             abrogamus
             ,
             solam
             eis
             poenitentia
             benedictionem
             si
             converti
             ambiant
             imponendo
             .
          
           And
           Anno
           536.
           
           
             Con.
             Aurel.
          
           2.
           
           C●●
           .
           17.
           
           
             Benedictio
             Diaconatus
          
           ,
           is
           said
           to
           be
           given
           to
           the
           Women
           
             contra
             interdicta
             Canonum
          
           .
           And
           the
           next
           Canon
           of
           that
           Council
           is
           ,
           
             Placuit
             etiam
             ut
             nulli
             postmodum
             foeminae
             Diaconalis
             benedictio
             pro
             conditionis
             hujus
             fragilitate
             credatur
             .
          
           Yet
           they
           are
           mentioned
           in
           the
           Council
           of
           Worms
           in
           the
           year
           868.
           
           Canon
           73.
           where
           the
           15.
           
           Canon
           of
           Chalcedon
           is
           wholly
           insert
           .
           One
           scandal
           we
           find
           occasioned
           by
           these
           Deaconesses
           ,
           was
           ,
           that
           they
           presumed
           to
           distribute
           the
           Elements
           in
           the
           Eucharist
           ;
           which
           Gelasius
           blames
           in
           his
           ninth
           Epistle
           written
           to
           the
           Bishops
           of
           
             Lucani●
             ,
             Quod
             foeminae
             sacris
             altaribus
             ministrare
             ferantur
             .
          
           And
           this
           it
           seems
           hath
           continued
           longer
           :
           For
           we
           find
           Ratherius
           of
           Verona
           in
           the
           tenth
           Century
           ,
           appoints
           in
           his
           Synodal
           Epistle
           (
           which
           in
           the
           Tomes
           of
           the
           Councils
           is
           printed
           as
           a
           Sermon
           of
           Pope
           Leo
           the
           fourths
           )
           
             Nulla
             foemina
             ad
             altare
             Domini
             accedat
             .
          
           And
           
             Matthaeus
             Blastaris
          
           in
           his
           
             Syntagma
             ,
             lit
          
           .
           1.
           cap.
           11.
           concludes
           it
           to
           be
           unknown
           what
           the
           Office
           of
           the
           Deaconesses
           was
           .
           Some
           judged
           that
           they
           ministred
           to
           Women
           ,
           
           who
           being
           in
           age
           received
           Baptism
           ,
           it
           being
           accounted
           a
           crime
           for
           a
           Man
           to
           see
           a
           Woman
           naked
           .
           Others
           thought
           that
           they
           might
           enter
           to
           the
           Altar
           ,
           and
           exercise
           the
           Office
           of
           Deacons
           ,
           who
           proved
           this
           from
           many
           things
           ,
           particularly
           from
           some
           words
           of
           
           Nazianzen's
           Oration
           at
           his
           Sisters
           Funeral
           ,
           but
           that
           was
           afterwards
           forbidden
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ;
           yet
           he
           doubts
           much
           the
           truth
           of
           that
           ,
           it
           not
           agreeing
           with
           reason
           ,
           that
           Women
           who
           were
           not
           suffered
           publickly
           to
           teach
           ,
           should
           be
           admitted
           to
           the
           Office
           of
           a
           Deacon
           ,
           whose
           duty
           it
           was
           by
           the
           ministery
           of
           the
           word
           ,
           to
           purifie
           these
           who
           were
           to
           be
           baptized
           .
           And
           after
           that
           he
           gives
           an
           account
           of
           the
           form
           of
           their
           Ordination
           .
        
         
           Mention
           likewise
           is
           made
           of
           them
           in
           the
           
             Council
             in
             Trullo
             ,
             Canon
          
           14.
           
           
             A
             Deaconess
             was
             not
             to
             receive
             imposition
             of
             band
             's
             ,
             before
             she
             was
             forty
             years
             of
             age
             .
          
           Which
           is
           more
           expressly
           appointed
           in
           the
           40.
           
           Canon
           ,
           where
           they
           decree
           ,
           that
           though
           the
           Apostle
           made
           the
           age
           60.
           yet
           the
           Canons
           had
           allowed
           their
           Ordination
           at
           40.
           because
           they
           found
           the
           Church
           was
           become
           firmer
           in
           the
           grace
           of
           GOD
           ,
           and
           had
           advanced
           forward
           :
           and
           by
           the
           48.
           
           Canon
           of
           that
           Council
           ,
           a
           Bishop's
           Wife
           ,
           when
           separated
           from
           her
           Husband
           by
           consent
           ,
           was
           to
           live
           in
           a
           Monastery
           ,
           and
           if
           found
           worthy
           might
           be
           made
           a
           
             Deaconess
             .
             
             Basil
          
           by
           his
           18.
           
           Canon
           allows
           Virgins
           to
           be
           received
           at
           the
           sixteenth
           or
           seventeenth
           year
           of
           their
           age
           ,
           but
           by
           his
           24.
           he
           reckons
           it
           a
           fault
           to
           receive
           a
           Widow
           into
           the
           Order
           under
           60
           :
           yet
           it
           seems
           that
           was
           not
           peremptorily
           observed
           .
           For
           in
           his
           44
           Canon
           he
           speaks
           of
           Deaconesses
           found
           in
           Fornication
           ,
           who
           might
           not
           be
           allowed
           to
           communicate
           before
           seven
           years
           had
           been
           past
           in
           penitence
           .
           Whence
           this
           Order
           failed
           in
           the
           Greek
           Church
           ,
           we
           know
           not
           ;
           but
           Balsamon
           on
           the
           15.
           
           Canon
           of
           Chalcedon
           tells
           .
           That
           in
           his
           time
           Deaconesses
           were
           no
           more
           ordained
           ,
           and
           his
           reason
           is
           ,
           because
           no
           Woman
           was
           suffered
           to
           enter
           unto
           the
           Altar
           ,
           though
           (
           saith
           he
           )
           some
           Women
           were
           abusively
           so
           called
           .
        
         
           As
           for
           the
           inferiour
           degrees
           of
           
             Subdeacon
             ,
             Acolyth
          
           ,
           &c.
           as
           they
           were
           only
           
             Iuris
             Ecclesiastici
          
           ,
           so
           they
           were
           not
           designed
           for
           any
           sacred
           performance
           ,
           nor
           had
           they
           any
           holy
           Character
           upon
           them
           :
           but
           were
           intended
           as
           steps
           for
           those
           whom
           they
           were
           training
           up
           to
           sacred
           employments
           ,
           and
           were
           but
           like
           the
           degrees
           given
           in
           Universities
           .
           No
           mention
           is
           made
           of
           them
           in
           the
           first
           two
           
             Centuries
             :
             Ignatius
          
           is
           express
           that
           there
           is
           no
           intermedial
           step
           betwixt
           the
           Laick
           ,
           and
           the
           Deacon
           ,
           which
           stile
           we
           also
           meet
           in
           all
           the
           Fathers
           before
           
           Cyprian's
           time
           .
        
         
           He
           ,
           Epistle
           24.
           speaks
           of
           the
           Lectors
           and
           Subdeacons
           ,
           telling
           how
           he
           had
           ordained
           Saturus
           a
           
           Lector
           ,
           and
           Optatus
           a
           Subdeacon
           ,
           
             quos
             jam
             communi
             consilio
             Clero
             proximos
             feceramus
             .
          
           And
           of
           the
           Lectors
           ,
           he
           saith
           ,
           Epist.
           34.
           
           
             Caeterum
             Presbyterii
             honorem
             nos
             illis
             designasse
             sciatis
             .
          
           And
           by
           what
           follows
           ,
           it
           is
           clear
           he
           means
           of
           a
           share
           in
           the
           maintenance
           of
           the
           Church
           .
           Epistle
           28.
           he
           speaks
           of
           the
           Subdeacons
           and
           Acolyths
           ,
           shewing
           how
           they
           likewise
           had
           a
           share
           in
           the
           divisions
           of
           the
           offerings
           made
           to
           the
           Church
           .
           Epistle
           33.
           he
           tells
           of
           one
           Aurelius
           ,
           who
           had
           been
           twice
           a
           Confessor
           in
           the
           persecution
           ,
           whom
           he
           had
           ordained
           a
           Lector
           ,
           apologizing
           that
           he
           had
           done
           it
           without
           the
           consent
           of
           his
           Clergy
           and
           people
           .
           
             In
             ordinationibus
             solemus
             vos
             ante
             consulere
             ,
             &
             voces
             ac
             merita
             communi
             consilio
             ponderare
             ;
             sed
             expectanda
             non
             sunt
             testimonia
             humana
             ,
             cum
             praecedant
             suffragia
             divina
             .
          
           And
           after
           he
           hath
           laid
           out
           the
           merits
           of
           the
           Person
           ,
           he
           adds
           ,
           
             Placuit
             tamen
             ut
             ab
             officio
             Lectionis
             incipiat
             ,
             quia
             &
             nihil
             magis
             congruit
             voci
             quae
             Dominum
             gloriosâ
             praedicatione
             confessa
             est
             ,
             quam
             celebrandis
             divinis
             lectionibus
             personare
             .
          
           Of
           the
           same
           strain
           is
           his
           following
           Epistle
           concerning
           Celerinus
           ,
           who
           had
           refused
           to
           be
           ordained
           a
           Lector
           ,
           until
           he
           was
           persuaded
           to
           it
           by
           a
           divine
           Revelation
           in
           the
           Night
           .
           Likewise
           in
           his
           76.
           
           Epistle
           ,
           he
           makes
           mention
           of
           Exorcists
           :
           who
           are
           also
           mentioned
           by
           Firmilian
           in
           his
           Epistle
           ,
           which
           is
           reckoned
           the
           75.
           among
           Cyprians
           .
           And
           at
           the
           
           same
           time
           Cornelius
           ,
           the
           Bishop
           of
           Rome
           ,
           in
           his
           Epistle
           (
           insert
           by
           
             Eusebius
             ,
             lib.
          
           6.
           cap.
           43.
           )
           wherein
           he
           gives
           account
           of
           the
           Clergy
           were
           then
           at
           Rome
           ;
           tells
           ,
           That
           
             there
             were
          
           46
           Presbyters
           ,
           7
           Deacons
           ,
           42
           Acolyths
           ,
           50
           
             Exorcists
             ,
             Lectors
          
           ,
           and
           Porters
           .
           These
           inferiour
           Orders
           we
           see
           were
           then
           in
           the
           Church
           .
           And
           since
           we
           have
           no
           earlier
           accounts
           of
           them
           ,
           we
           may
           conclude
           their
           rise
           to
           have
           been
           about
           this
           time
           .
           A
           short
           account
           will
           suffice
           for
           their
           several
           employments
           ,
           which
           will
           be
           best
           gathered
           from
           the
           several
           Canons
           of
           the
           4th
           Council
           of
           Carthage
           .
        
         
           Canon
           5.
           
           
             Subdiaconus
             quum
             ordinatur
             ,
             quia
             manus
             impositionem
             non
             accipit
             ,
             patinam
             de
             Episcopi
             manu
             accipiat
             vacuam
             ,
             &
             calicem
             vacuum
             .
             De
             manu
             vero
             Archidiaconi
             urceolum
             cum
             aquâ
             ,
             &
             mantile
             ,
             &
             manutergium
             .
          
           So
           his
           Office
           was
           to
           look
           to
           the
           Vessels
           for
           the
           Eucharist
           ,
           and
           to
           serve
           the
           Deacons
           in
           that
           work
           .
        
         
           Canon
           6.
           
           
             Acolythus
             quum
             ordinatur
             ab
             Episcopo
             quidem
             doceatur
             ,
             qualiter
             in
             officio
             suo
             agere
             debeat
             .
             Sed
             ab
             Archidiacono
             accipiat
             ceroferarium
             cum
             cereo
             ut
             sciat
             se
             ad
             accendenda
             Ecclesiae
             luminaria
             mancipari
             ,
             accipiat
             &
             urceolum
             vacuum
             ,
             ad
             suggerendum
             vinum
             in
             Eucharistiam
             sanguinis
             Christi
             .
          
           As
           for
           these
           Cerei
           ,
           they
           shall
           be
           spoken
           of
           upon
           the
           next
           Canon
           .
           The
           work
           of
           Acolythus
           was
           to
           light
           the
           Candles
           ,
           and
           provide
           the
           Wine
           :
           And
           from
           the
           
             ratio
             nominis
          
           ,
           we
           may
           believe
           
           their
           Office
           was
           particularly
           to
           wait
           upon
           the
           Bishop
           ,
           and
           follow
           him
           .
        
         
           Canon
           8.
           
           
             Lector
             quum
             ordinatur
             ,
             faciat
             de
             illo
             verbum
             Episcopus
             ad
             plebem
             ,
             indicans
             ejus
             fidem
             ac
             vitam
             ,
             atque
             ingenium
             .
             Posthaec
             spectante
             plebe
             tradat
             ei
             codicem
             ,
             de
             quo
             lecturus
             est
             ,
             dicens
             ad
             eum
             :
             accipe
             ,
             &
             esto
             lector
             verbi
             Dei
             ,
             habiturus
             ,
             si
             fideliter
             &
             utiliter
             impleveris
             officium
             ,
             partem
             cum
             eis
             ,
             qui
             verbum
             Dei
             ministraverunt
             .
          
           And
           by
           what
           hath
           been
           already
           cited
           out
           of
           Cyprian
           compared
           with
           this
           ,
           it
           appears
           ,
           that
           the
           Office
           of
           the
           Lector
           was
           judged
           that
           of
           the
           greatest
           importance
           of
           them
           all
           .
        
         
           Canon
           9.
           
           
             Ostiarius
             quum
             ordinatur
             postquam
             ab
             Archidiacono
             instructus
             fuerit
             ,
             qualiter
             in
             domo
             Dei
             debeat
             conversari
             ,
             ad
             suggestionem
             Archidiaconi
             ,
             tradat
             &
             Episcopus
             claves
             Ecclesiae
             de
             altario
             ,
             dicens
             :
             sic
             age
             ,
             quasi
             redditurus
             Deo
             rationem
             pro
             bis
             rebus
             ,
             quae
             his
             clavibus
             recluduntur
             .
          
        
         
           Canon
           10.
           
           
             Psalmista
             ,
             id
             est
             ,
             Cantor
             potest
             absque
             scientia
             Episcopi
             ,
             solâ
             jussione
             Presbyteri
             ,
             officium
             suscipere
             cantandi
             ,
             dicente
             sibi
             Presbytero
             ;
             vide
             ,
             ut
             quod
             ore
             cantas
             ,
             corde
             credas
             ;
             &
             quod
             corde
             credis
             ,
             operibus
             comprobes
             .
          
           Now
           the
           Psalmistae
           were
           these
           that
           were
           the
           Singers
           ,
           for
           it
           was
           appointed
           in
           the
           Council
           of
           Laodicea
           ,
           that
           none
           might
           sing
           in
           the
           Church
           ,
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           ,
           that
           is
           ,
           those
           of
           the
           suggestum
           ,
           or
           Pulpit
           .
        
         
         
           But
           because
           the
           7.
           
           Canon
           will
           afford
           more
           matter
           of
           question
           ,
           I
           have
           reserved
           it
           last
           .
           
             Exorcista
             quum
             ordinatur
             ,
             accipiat
             de
             manu
             Episcopi
             libellum
             ,
             in
             quo
             scripti
             sunt
             Exorcismi
             ,
             dicente
             sibi
             Episcopo
             :
             accipe
             ,
             &
             commenda
             memoriae
             ,
             &
             habato
             potestatem
             imponendi
             manum
             super
             Energumenum
             ,
             sive
             baptizatum
             ,
             sive
             Catechumenum
             .
          
        
         
           But
           for
           examining
           this
           of
           the
           Exorcist
           ,
           we
           must
           run
           a
           little
           back
           .
           The
           Iews
           under
           the
           second
           Temple
           were
           much
           addicted
           to
           Magick
           .
           In
           the
           Talmud
           it
           is
           given
           as
           a
           necessary
           qualification
           of
           one
           that
           might
           be
           of
           the
           Sanhedrin
           ,
           that
           he
           should
           be
           skilled
           in
           all
           Magick
           doctrines
           and
           charms
           .
           And
           in
           the
           inner
           Court
           of
           the
           Temple
           ,
           called
           the
           
             Court
             of
             Israel
          
           ,
           there
           was
           a
           Chamber
           said
           to
           have
           been
           built
           by
           one
           Parva
           a
           Magician
           ,
           by
           the
           Art
           of
           Magick
           ,
           from
           whom
           it
           was
           called
           Happarva
           :
           And
           much
           of
           what
           they
           say
           of
           the
           Bath-col
           ,
           seems
           to
           hint
           that
           it
           was
           an
           effect
           of
           Magick
           .
           Many
           places
           are
           also
           cited
           out
           of
           the
           Talmud
           ,
           of
           their
           Rabbies
           killing
           one
           another
           by
           that
           Art
           ;
           and
           so
           highly
           do
           they
           extol
           it
           ,
           that
           many
           of
           them
           thought
           that
           all
           Miracles
           were
           wrought
           by
           the
           exact
           knowledg
           of
           the
           Cabbalistick
           Arts
           ,
           and
           it
           is
           well
           enough
           known
           how
           that
           abounded
           among
           the
           Heathens
           .
           Ulpian
           made
           a
           Law
           against
           these
           Physicians
           who
           cured
           Diseases
           by
           Exorcisms
           .
        
         
           We
           see
           our
           LORD
           triumphed
           over
           the
           
           powers
           of
           darkness
           ,
           who
           were
           then
           raging
           through
           the
           World
           :
           and
           that
           the
           Oracles
           were
           silenced
           at
           this
           time
           ,
           is
           confessed
           by
           Heathens
           .
           Neither
           did
           this
           gift
           of
           casting
           out
           Devils
           ,
           conferred
           by
           our
           LORD
           on
           his
           Disciples
           ,
           die
           with
           them
           ,
           but
           remain
           some
           ages
           in
           the
           Church
           .
        
         
           Tertullian
           speaks
           of
           it
           as
           a
           Gift
           communicated
           to
           all
           Christians
           .
           
             De
             coronâ
             mil.
          
           he
           tells
           ,
           That
           some
           Soldiers
           did
           
             exorcismis
             fugare
             spiritus
             malignos
          
           :
           and
           
             de
             Idololatriâ
             ,
             cap.
          
           11.
           
           
             Quo
             ore
             Christianus
             Thurarius
          
           (
           this
           is
           one
           that
           offered
           incense
           to
           Idols
           )
           
             si
             per
             templa
             transibit
             ,
             fumantes
             aras
             despuet
             ,
             &
             exsufflabit
             ,
             quibus
             ipse
             prospexit
             :
             quâ
             constantiâ
             exorcizabit
             alumnos
             suos
             ,
             quibus
             domum
             suam
             cellariam
             praestat
             .
          
           So
           that
           he
           hath
           understood
           this
           Power
           of
           exorcizing
           to
           have
           been
           the
           effect
           of
           every
           sincere
           Christian's
           Prayer
           .
        
         
           Origen
           in
           his
           35.
           tract
           .
           on
           Matth.
           condemns
           the
           form
           of
           doing
           it
           ,
           by
           adjuring
           the
           Devils
           ,
           saying
           that
           CHRIST
           hath
           given
           us
           power
           to
           command
           them
           .
           
             Est
             enim
             Iudaicum
             adjurare
             Daemonia
          
           .
        
         
           Cyprian
           speaks
           of
           an
           Exorcism
           ordinarily
           preceding
           Baptism
           ;
           but
           prefers
           the
           vertue
           of
           Baptism
           to
           that
           of
           Exorcism
           ,
           Epist.
           76.
           
           
             Hodie
             etiam
             geritur
             ,
             ut
             per
             Exorcist
             as
             voce
             humanâ
             &
             potestate
             divinâ
             flagelletur
             ,
             &
             uratur
             ,
             &
             torqueatur
             Diabolus
             ;
             &
             cum
             exire
             se
             &
             dimittere
             homines
             DEI
             saepe
             dicat
             :
             in
             eo
             tamen
             quod
             dixerit
             ,
             fallat
             —
             
             Cum
             tamen
             ad
             aquam
             salutarem
             ,
          
           &c.
           
           And
           
             ad
             Demetrianum
          
           ,
           he
           saith
           ,
           
             O
             si
             audire
             eos
             velles
             ,
             &
             videre
             ,
             quando
             à
             nobis
             adjurantur
             &
             turquentur
             spiritalibus
             flagris
             ,
             &
             verborum
             tormentis
             ,
             de
             obsessis
             corporibus
             ,
             ejiciuntur
             ;
             quando
             ejulantes
             &
             gementes
             voce
             humanâ
             ,
             &
             potestate
             divinâ
             flagella
             ,
             &
             verbera
             sentientes
             ,
             venturum
             judicium
             confitentur
             .
          
           And
           much
           of
           this
           nature
           is
           to
           be
           met
           with
           among
           the
           primitive
           Writers
           ,
           which
           shews
           that
           the
           power
           of
           Exorcising
           was
           an
           Authority
           over
           Devils
           .
        
         
           Yet
           if
           this
           had
           been
           a
           formal
           Office
           ,
           Reason
           will
           say
           it
           should
           rather
           have
           been
           among
           the
           highest
           than
           lowest
           Orders
           ,
           the
           work
           being
           so
           great
           and
           miraculous
           .
           But
           from
           the
           Areopagite
           ,
           and
           others
           ,
           we
           are
           told
           ,
           that
           before
           Baptism
           there
           was
           used
           a
           renunciation
           of
           the
           Devil
           ,
           with
           a
           Prayer
           for
           casting
           him
           out
           :
           And
           there
           is
           some
           probability
           that
           these
           called
           Exorcists
           were
           only
           Catechists
           ,
           who
           had
           some
           formuls
           ,
           whereby
           they
           taught
           ,
           such
           as
           they
           instructed
           ,
           to
           renounce
           the
           Devil
           :
           and
           this
           with
           the
           Prayer
           that
           accompanied
           it
           ,
           was
           called
           an
           Exorcism
           .
        
         
           
             Nazianz.
             Orat.
             in
             Bapt.
             Ne
             exorcismi
             medicinam
             asperneris
             ,
             nec
             ob
             illius
             prolixitatem
             animo
             concidas
             ,
             nam
             vel
             ut
             lapis
             quidam
             Lydius
             est
             ,
             ad
             quem
             exploratur
             ,
             quam
             sincero
             quisque
             pectore
             ad
             baptismum
             accedat
             .
          
        
         
         
           
             Cyril
             of
             Ierusalem
             ,
             Praefat.
             in
             Catech.
             Festinent
             pedes
             tus
             ad
             catecheses
             audiendas
             ,
             exorcismos
             studiose
             suscipe
             ,
             etiamsi
             exorcizatus
             &
             inspiratus
             jam
             sis
             ,
             salubris
             enim
             est
             tibi
             res
             ista
             .
          
           The
           Council
           of
           
             Laodicea
             ,
             Can.
          
           26.
           discharged
           all
           to
           
             exorcize
             either
             in
             Churches
             or
             Houses
             ,
             except
             these
             appointed
             for
             it
             by
             the
             Bishops
             .
          
           And
           by
           the
           tenth
           Canon
           of
           Antioch
           ,
           the
           
             Rural
             Bishops
          
           are
           warranted
           to
           constitute
           Exorcists
           ,
           from
           which
           we
           see
           they
           could
           not
           esteem
           that
           a
           wonder-working
           Office.
           And
           Balsamon
           in
           his
           Sholion
           ,
           makes
           them
           one
           with
           the
           Catechists
           ,
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           and
           on
           the
           Canon
           of
           Laodicea
           ,
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           .
           And
           towards
           the
           end
           of
           his
           Gloss
           on
           that
           Canon
           ,
           he
           saith
           ,
           
             That
             an
             Exorcist
             though
             appointed
             by
             the
          
           Chorepiscopus
           ,
           
             and
             not
             by
             the
             Bishop
          
           ,
           
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
             〈◊〉
          
           .
           And
           Beveregius
           cites
           Harmenopolus
           to
           the
           same
           purpose
           on
           the
           tenth
           Canon
           of
           Antioch
           .
           From
           these
           evidences
           it
           is
           most
           probable
           to
           think
           ,
           that
           the
           Exorcists
           at
           first
           were
           nothing
           but
           Catechists
           ;
           but
           afterwards
           ,
           as
           all
           things
           do
           in
           any
           tract
           of
           time
           degenerate
           ,
           they
           became
           corrupt
           ,
           beyond
           perhaps
           either
           these
           of
           the
           Iews
           or
           the
           Gentiles
           ;
           so
           that
           the
           Books
           of
           Exorcisms
           now
           in
           the
           Roman
           Church
           ,
           are
           so
           full
           of
           Bombast
           terms
           ,
           and
           odd
           Receipts
           ,
           that
           they
           are
           a
           stain
           to
           the
           Christian
           Church
           .
        
         
           And
           it
           is
           the
           most
           preposterous
           thing
           can
           
           be
           imagined
           ,
           that
           what
           was
           given
           in
           the
           New
           Testament
           for
           the
           greatest
           confirmation
           of
           the
           Christian
           faith
           ,
           should
           be
           made
           a
           constant
           Office
           ,
           and
           put
           in
           so
           mean
           hands
           .
           And
           to
           this
           I
           need
           not
           add
           the
           base
           Arts
           and
           Cheats
           discovered
           among
           that
           sort
           of
           people
           .
        
         
           I
           shall
           conclude
           this
           long
           tedious
           Account
           of
           the
           sense
           the
           Ancient
           Church
           had
           of
           the
           several
           Officers
           in
           it
           ,
           with
           some
           words
           of
           Tertullian
           ,
           which
           I
           shall
           barely
           set
           down
           ,
           without
           any
           descant
           on
           them
           ,
           tho
           they
           have
           occasioned
           much
           perplexity
           to
           divers
           good
           Antiquaries
           .
           
             Tertullian
             in
             exortatione
             ad
             uxorem
             ,
             cap.
          
           7.
           saith
           :
           
             Nonne
             &
             laici
             Sacerdotes
             fumus
             ?
             Scriptum
             est
             regnum
             quoque
             nos
             &
             Sacerdotes
             DEO
             &
             Patri
             suo
             fecit
             .
             Differentiam
             inter
             Ordinem
             &
             plebem
             constituit
             Ecclesiae
             authoritas
             ,
             &
             honor
             per
             Ordinis
             consessum
             sanctificatus
             .
             Ideo
             ubi
             Ecclesiastici
             Ordinis
             non
             est
             consessus
             ,
             &
             offers
             ,
             &
             tingis
             &
             Sacerdos
             es
             tibi
             solus
             ,
             sed
             ubi
             tres
             sunt
             ,
             Ecclesia
             est
             ,
             licet
             laici
             .
          
           But
           others
           read
           these
           words
           differently
           ,
           their
           Copies
           having
           them
           thus
           :
           
             Sanctificatus
             à
             DEO
             .
             Ubi
             Ecclesiastici
             Ordinis
             est
             consessus
             ,
             &
             offert
             ,
             &
             tingit
             ,
             Sacerdos
             qui
             est
             ibi
             solus
             :
             sed
             ubi
             tres
             ,
             Ecclesia
             est
             ,
             licet
             laici
             .
          
        
         
           FINIS
           .
        
      
       
         
         
           POLYHISTOR
           TO
           BASILIUS
           .
        
         
           YOUR
           desire
           ,
           and
           my
           own
           promise
           ,
           have
           engaged
           me
           to
           send
           you
           the
           enclosed
           Papers
           :
           For
           the
           trouble
           the
           reading
           them
           may
           give
           you
           ,
           my
           Apology
           lies
           in
           my
           Obedience
           ;
           and
           yet
           I
           have
           contracted
           things
           as
           much
           as
           I
           could
           ,
           and
           perhaps
           have
           exceeded
           in
           my
           abridging
           :
           For
           had
           I
           let
           loose
           my
           Pen
           in
           a
           descant
           on
           every
           particular
           ,
           these
           few
           Sheets
           had
           swelled
           to
           a
           Volume
           .
           And
           my
           design
           was
           not
           to
           act
           the
           Critick
           ,
           but
           to
           be
           a
           faithful
           Historian
           .
           These
           gleanings
           were
           intended
           partly
           for
           my
           own
           use
           ,
           and
           partly
           for
           the
           direction
           of
           some
           under
           my
           charge
           in
           the
           study
           of
           Antiquity
           ;
           and
           were
           written
           some
           years
           ago
           ,
           when
           I
           had
           no
           thoughts
           of
           making
           
           them
           more
           publick
           ,
           than
           by
           giving
           a
           few
           transcripts
           of
           them
           .
           But
           now
           I
           leave
           the
           Midwifry
           of
           them
           to
           you
           ,
           that
           you
           may
           either
           stifle
           this
           Embryo
           ,
           or
           give
           it
           a
           freer
           Air
           to
           breath
           in
           .
           I
           have
           here
           only
           given
           you
           what
           related
           to
           the
           constitution
           and
           modelling
           of
           Churches
           ,
           referring
           to
           my
           Observations
           on
           other
           Canons
           ,
           matters
           that
           come
           to
           be
           treated
           more
           properly
           upon
           their
           Texts
           ,
           as
           
             of
             the
             administration
             of
             all
             the
             parts
             of
             the
             Pastoral
             charge
             ,
             of
             all
             their
             forms
             in
             Worship
             ,
             and
             Church-Discipline
             ,
             of
             their
             zeal
             against
             Heresies
             and
             Schisms
             ,
             together
             with
             the
             methods
             used
             for
             reclaiming
             them
             ;
             and
             of
             the
             poverty
             ,
             simplicity
             ,
             abstraction
             from
             secular
             affairs
             ,
             and
             sublime
             sanctity
             of
             the
             primitive
             Bishops
             and
             Presbyters
             .
          
           These
           with
           many
           other
           particulars
           ,
           if
           well
           examined
           ,
           as
           they
           will
           make
           the
           Work
           swell
           to
           a
           huge
           bulk
           ,
           so
           they
           will
           bring
           pleasure
           ,
           as
           well
           as
           advantage
           ,
           to
           such
           as
           desire
           a
           better
           Acquaintance
           with
           the
           state
           of
           the
           Church
           of
           GOD
           in
           her
           best
           times
           ;
           but
           what
           through
           the
           entanglements
           of
           affairs
           ,
           and
           other
           avocations
           ,
           what
           through
           their
           want
           of
           Books
           ,
           are
           not
           able
           to
           engage
           in
           so
           laborious
           an
           enquiry
           by
           searching
           the
           Fountains
           themselves
           .
        
         
           I
           assure
           you
           ,
           I
           have
           not
           gone
           upon
           trust
           ,
           having
           taken
           my
           Observations
           from
           the
           Writings
           
           themselves
           ,
           that
           I
           have
           vouched
           for
           my
           Warrants
           .
           I
           once
           intended
           to
           have
           cited
           all
           the
           Testimonies
           I
           brought
           in
           English
           ;
           and
           so
           to
           have
           avoided
           the
           pedantry
           of
           a
           
             Babylonish
             Dialect
          
           ,
           as
           the
           French
           begin
           now
           to
           write
           .
           But
           observing
           that
           the
           foul
           play
           many
           have
           committed
           ,
           hath
           put
           a
           jealousie
           in
           most
           Readers
           of
           these
           Citations
           ,
           where
           the
           Author's
           words
           are
           not
           quoted
           ,
           I
           chused
           rather
           to
           hazard
           on
           the
           censure
           of
           being
           a
           Pedant
           ,
           than
           of
           an
           unfaithful
           wrester
           in
           my
           Translations
           .
           Only
           to
           save
           the
           Writer
           the
           labour
           of
           writing
           much
           Greek
           ,
           which
           I
           found
           unacceptable
           ,
           I
           do
           often
           cite
           the
           Latin
           translations
           of
           the
           
             Greek
             Authors
          
           .
           I
           shall
           only
           add
           ,
           that
           as
           I
           was
           causing
           write
           out
           these
           Papers
           for
           you
           ,
           there
           came
           to
           my
           hands
           one
           of
           the
           best
           Works
           this
           Age
           hath
           seen
           ,
           
             Beveregius
             his
             Synopsis
             Canonum
          
           .
           I
           quickly
           looked
           over
           these
           learned
           Volumes
           ,
           that
           I
           might
           give
           these
           Sheets
           such
           improvements
           as
           could
           be
           borrowed
           from
           them
           ,
           which
           indeed
           were
           not
           inconsiderable
           .
        
         
           I
           detain
           you
           too
           long
           ,
           but
           shall
           importune
           you
           no
           more
           .
           I
           leave
           this
           to
           your
           Censure
           ,
           which
           I
           know
           to
           be
           severely
           Critical
           in
           all
           such
           matters
           .
           Your
           judgment
           being
           the
           wonder
           of
           all
           who
           know
           you
           ,
           especially
           who
           consider
           how
           little
           your
           leisure
           allows
           you
           ,
           to
           look
           unto
           
           things
           so
           far
           without
           the
           Orb
           you
           move
           in
           :
           though
           nothing
           be
           without
           the
           vast
           Circle
           of
           your
           comprehensive
           understanding
           ,
           if
           you
           let
           loose
           these
           Papers
           to
           a
           more
           publick
           view
           ,
           let
           this
           Paper
           accompany
           them
           ,
           which
           may
           some
           way
           express
           the
           zeal
           of
           your
           faithfullest
           Servant
           ,
           who
           humbly
           bids
           you
           Adieu
           .